ML092920182: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML092920182
| number = ML092920182
| issue date = 10/17/2009
| issue date = 10/17/2009
| title = Surry Initial Exam 280, 281/2009-301 Final Administrative JPMs
| title = Initial Exam 280, 281/2009-301 Final Administrative JPMs
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:1 of 27  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station  
{{#Wiki_filter:U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.25 Applicant________________________________                              Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________                              Stop Time___________________
Title Calculate Shutdown Margin (At Power)
K/A: G2.1.25 Ability to Interpret Reference Materials, Such as Graphs, Curves, Tables, etc. (3.9/4.2)
Applicability                                          Estimated Time                Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)                                          25 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.
Standards Correctly calculates shutdown margin, with all values within the acceptable bands provided in this JPM.
Terminating Cues Shutdown margin calculated in accordance with 1-OP-RX-001.
Procedures 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power) 1-DRP-003, Curve Book.
Tools and Equipment                                    Safety Considerations None                                                      None 1 of 27


SR09301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.25
Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.
1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.
Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.
You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.
A Curve Book will be provided.
The following unit conditions exist:
o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
o CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
o T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the calculation and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Tools and Equipment Calculator Copy of DRP-003, Curve Book (Unit 1)
Copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power)
Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 27


Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
 
START TIME:
Examiner_______________________________
STEP 1:     Reviews Initial Conditions.                                                               _______ SAT 3.1 The reactor is critical.                                                             _______ UNSAT 3.2 Verify that the RCS boron concentration has been determined in the last 24 hours.
 
3.3 Verify that no large dilutions (i.e., greater than 10 ppm) to the RCS have been performed since the most recently measured boron concentration.
Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________
3.4 Personnel participating in performance of this procedure shall complete the table below.
 
Title Calculate Shutdown Margin (At Power)
 
K/A: G2.1.25 Ability to Interpret Reference Materials, Such as Graphs, Curves, Tables, etc. (3.9/4.2)
 
Applicability      Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)    25 Minutes                       
 
Conditions
 
Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.
Standards Correctly calculates shutdown margin, with all val ues within the acceptable bands provided in this JPM.
Terminating Cues
 
Shutdown margin calculated in accordance with 1-OP-RX-001.
 
Procedures
 
1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power)  1-DRP-003, Curve Book.
 
Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations
 
None      None 2 of 27 Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager. 1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable. Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (C alculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod. You are performing this calculation as a ba ckup to the reactor engineering's calculation. A Curve Book will be provided. The following unit conditions exist:
o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height:  227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
o CB:  1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
o T and PRNIS: 100% power  When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
 
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the calculation and discussed results and problems with examiner.
 
Tools and Equipment Calculator  Copy of DRP-003, Curve Book (Unit 1)  Copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power)
 
Safety Considerations
 
None Notes 
 
3 of 27 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator
 
Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). START TIME:
STEP 1:   Reviews Initial Conditions.  
 
3.1 The reactor is critical.
3.2 Verify that the RCS boron concentration has been determined in the last 24 hours.
3.3 Verify that no large dilutions (i.e., greater than 10 ppm) to the RCS have been performed since the most recently measured boron concentration. 3.4 Personnel participating in performance of this procedure shall complete the table below.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Candidate acknowledges Initial Conditions and enters name and date in table.
Candidate acknowledges Initial Conditions and enters name and date in table.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 2:     Reviews Precautions and Limitations                                                       _______ SAT 4.1 When the RCS average temperature is greater than or equal to 547°F and the unit is   _______ UNSAT at power, there must be sufficient negative reactivity available to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1,770 pcm.
_______ SAT
4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining supervisory oversight of the performance of this procedure.
 
4.3 This procedure must be performed by a Reactor Operator, Shift Technical Advisor (STA), or Reactor Engineer.
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 2:   Reviews Precautions and Limitations  
 
4.1 When the RCS average temperature is greater than or equal to 547°F and the unit is at power, there must be sufficient negative reactivity available to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1,770 pcm. 4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining supervisory oversight of the performance of this procedure. 4.3 This procedure must be performed by a Reactor Operator, Shift Technical Advisor (STA), or Reactor Engineer.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Candidate acknowledges Precautions and Limitations EVALUATOR NOTES:
Candidate acknowledges Precautions and Limitations EVALUATOR NOTES:
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
3 of 27
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT


4 of 27  STEP 3:   Step 5.1.1  
STEP 3:   Step 5.1.1                                                                             _______ SAT NOTE: Meeting the conditions in Step 5.1.1 verifies that the SDM is at least -1770 pcm. _______ UNSAT 5.1.1 Verify all of the following to determine if an abbreviated SDM can be performed:
 
NOTE: Meeting the conditions in Step 5.1.1 verifies that the SDM is at least -1770 pcm.  
 
5.1.1 Verify all of the following to determine if an abbreviated SDM can be performed:
o The Unit is operating between HZP and HFP o A maximum of one fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists o IF a fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists, THEN verify that all other rods are greater than the minimum rod insertion limit STANDARD:
o The Unit is operating between HZP and HFP o A maximum of one fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists o IF a fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists, THEN verify that all other rods are greater than the minimum rod insertion limit STANDARD:
Identifies that an abbreviated shutdown margin calculation cannot be performed.
Identifies that an abbreviated shutdown margin calculation cannot be performed.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 4:   Step 5.1.2                                                                             _______ SAT 5.1.2 IF any of the above conditions are NOT met, THEN enter N/A for Step 5.1.3, AND   _______ UNSAT GO TO Step 5.1.4. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 4:   Step 5.1.2  
 
5.1.2 IF any of the above conditions are NOT met, THEN enter N/A for Step 5.1.3, AND GO TO Step 5.1.4. Otherwise, enter N/A.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Candidate enters N/A for step 5.1.3 and goes to step 5.1.4.
Candidate enters N/A for step 5.1.3 and goes to step 5.1.4.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
4 of 27
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
5 of 27   STEP 5:  Step 5.1.4


5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation.  
STEP 5:    Step 5.1.4                                                                    _______ SAT 5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation.               _______ UNSAT
: a. Time/date of SDM calculation _______________ /____________  
: a. Time/date of SDM calculation _______________ /____________
: b. Core Burnup _________________ MWD/MTU (Required for determination of Power Defect)     c. D Control Bank Position _________________ Steps  
: b. Core Burnup _________________ MWD/MTU (Required for determination of Power Defect)
: d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) __________ ppm  
: c. D Control Bank Position _________________ Steps
: e. React or Power _______________ %
: d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) __________ ppm
: e. Reactor Power _______________ %
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Enters data as indicated below (bolded & underlined):
Enters data as indicated below (bolded & underlined):
5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation. a. Time/date of SDM calculation Now /Today     b. Core Burnup 4500 MWD/MTU     (Required for determination of Power Defect)     c. D Control Bank Position 227 Steps     d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) 1100 ppm     e. Reactor Power 100 % EVALUATOR NOTES:
5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation.
None COMMENTS:  
: a. Time/date of SDM calculation Now /Today
 
: b. Core Burnup 4500 MWD/MTU (Required for determination of Power Defect)
_______ SAT
: c. D Control Bank Position 227 Steps
 
: d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) 1100 ppm
_______ UNSAT
: e. Reactor Power 100 %
 
EVALUATOR NOTES:
6 of 27   STEP 6:  Step 5.1.5
None COMMENTS:
 
5 of 27
5.1.5  IF a single bank of control rods has been inserted up to 18 Steps and cannot be returned to the original position during physics or surveillance testing, THEN record the bank worth at Substep 5.1.8.a. Otherwise, enter N/A for this step and zero pcm at Substep 5.1.8.a.


STEP 6:    Step 5.1.5                                                                              _______ SAT 5.1.5 IF a single bank of control rods has been inserted up to 18 Steps and cannot be  _______ UNSAT returned to the original position during physics or surveillance testing, THEN record the bank worth at Substep 5.1.8.a. Otherwise, enter N/A for this step and zero pcm at Substep 5.1.8.a.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Candidate enters N/A for this step and 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.a.
Candidate enters N/A for this step and 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.a.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
6 of 27
_______ SAT


_______ UNSAT
STEP 7:     Step 5.1.6                                                                                   _______ SAT 5.1.6 Calculate the worth of the stuck rods that are above 20 steps in the core. (For       _______ UNSAT example, IF there are no stuck rods left in the core, THEN enter ONE stuck rod. IF there is a known stuck rod or rod that is not trippable, THEN enter TWO stuck rods.) Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.b.
 
( _____________ ) X           ( + ___________ ) = + __________ pcm Actual No. of Stuck             (Ref 2.3.1.e)
7 of 27  STEP 7:   Step 5.1.6  
Rods Plus One STANDARD:
 
Candidate completes data as follows:
5.1.6 Calculate the worth of the stuck rods that are above 20 steps in the core. (For example, IF there are no stuck rods left in the core, THEN enter ONE stuck rod. IF there is a known stuck rod or rod that is not trippable, THEN enter TWO stuck rods.) Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.b.    
(     2     )       X         ( + 1270 ) = + 2540 (2515-2565) pcm Actual No. of Stuck           (Ref 2.3.1.e)
    ( _____________ )     X ( + ___________ ) = + __________ pcm Actual No. of Stuck       (Ref 2.3.1.e)
Rods Plus One EVALUATOR NOTES:
Rods Plus One
Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance.
 
This number is a critical task COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
STEP 8:     Step 5.1.7                                                                                   _______ SAT 5.1.7 Calculate the worth of the dropped rods (rods that are below 20 steps in the core). IF _______ UNSAT there are no dropped rods in the core, THEN enter zero pcm below. Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.c.
Candidate completes data as follows:  
( _________________ ) X (+ 1,000 pcm) = + _________ pcm No. of Dropped Rods STANDARD:
    (
2 ) X (  
+ 1270   ) = + 2540 (2515-2565) pcm     Actual No. of Stuck   (Ref 2.3.1.e)     Rods Plus One EVALUATOR NOTES:
Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance. This number is a critical task
 
COMMENTS:  
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 8:   Step 5.1.7  
 
5.1.7 Calculate the worth of the dropped rods (rods that are below 20 steps in the core). IF there are no dropped rods in the core, THEN enter zero pcm below. Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.c.  
 
  ( _________________ ) X (+ 1,000 pcm) = + _________ pcm No. of Dropped Rods STANDARD:
Candidate enters 0 (zero) pcm and records 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.c.
Candidate enters 0 (zero) pcm and records 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.c.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
7 of 27
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
8 of 27   STEP 9:  Step 5.1.8
 
CAUTION - Positive reactivity values must be entered in Substeps 5.1.8.a, 5.1.8.b, 5.1.8.c, 5.1.8.d, 5.1.8.e, and 5.1.8.f.
5.1.8  Record the values required to calculate the Shutdown Margin. (Use data recorded in Step 5.1.4 as reference values for recording data from the curves in the Curve Book, Ref 2.3.1.)
: a. Worth of a Single Bank Inserted  +
 
0        pcm    Out of Sequence up to 18 Steps      (Ref. 2.3.1.f) (Enter zero if all banks are in proper sequence.) 
    (From Step 5.1.5)    b. Stuck Rod Worth from Step 5.1.6  +
2540 (2515-2565) pcm    c. Dropped Rod Worth from Step 5.1.7  +
 
0        pcm    d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.1.a  +
1575 (1550-1600) pcm    e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor  +
 
102  (100-107) pcm      (Ref 2.3.1.b)
: f. Worth of Control Banks at Rod  +
 
0          pcm    Position in Substep 5.1.4.c (Ref 2.3.1.c)
: g. Total Rod Worth (Ref 2.3.1.d)  -
6910 (6900-6925) pcm    h. Rod Worth Conservatism to account for RPI uncertainty and potential for    incomplete rod insertion  +
150      pcm (Ref. 2.3.2)


STEP 9:    Step 5.1.8                                                                                    _______ SAT CAUTION - Positive reactivity values must be entered in Substeps 5.1.8.a, 5.1.8.b,            _______ UNSAT 5.1.8.c, 5.1.8.d, 5.1.8.e, and 5.1.8.f.
5.1.8    Record the values required to calculate the Shutdown Margin. (Use data recorded in Step 5.1.4 as reference values for recording data from the curves in the Curve Book, Ref 2.3.1.)
: a. Worth of a Single Bank Inserted              +      0    pcm Out of Sequence up to 18 Steps (Ref. 2.3.1.f) (Enter zero if all banks are in proper sequence.)
(From Step 5.1.5)
: b. Stuck Rod Worth from Step 5.1.6              +      2540 (2515-2565) pcm
: c. Dropped Rod Worth from Step 5.1.7            +        0    pcm
: d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.1.a                +      1575 (1550-1600) pcm
: e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor            +        102 (100-107) pcm (Ref 2.3.1.b)
: f. Worth of Control Banks at Rod                +        0    pcm Position in Substep 5.1.4.c (Ref 2.3.1.c)
: g. Total Rod Worth (Ref 2.3.1.d)                -      6910 (6900-6925) pcm
: h. Rod Worth Conservatism to account for RPI uncertainty and potential for incomplete rod insertion                    +        150    pcm (Ref. 2.3.2)
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Enters data as indicated by BOLD text above -
Enters data as indicated by BOLD text above - THIS DATA CONSTITUTES A CRITICAL TASK EVALUATOR NOTES:
THIS DATA CONSTITUTES A CRITICAL TASK EVALUATOR NOTES:
Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance.
Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance.  
COMMENTS:
 
8 of 27
COMMENTS:  
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
9 of 27   STEP 10:  Step 5.1.9


5.1.9 Calculate the Shutdown Margin by adding the values in Substep 5.1.8.a through Substep 5.1.8.h and record the value in Step 5.1.10.
STEP 10:  Step 5.1.9                                                                          _______ SAT 5.1.9 Calculate the Shutdown Margin by adding the values in Substep 5.1.8.a through _______ UNSAT Substep 5.1.8.h and record the value in Step 5.1.10.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Candidate calculates shutdown margin of  
Candidate calculates shutdown margin of -2543 pcm (-2478 to -2610 band) and enters this on step 5.1.10. This number is a critical task.
-2543 pcm (-2478 to -2610 band) and enters this on step 5.1.10.
This number is a critical task.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 11: Step 5.1.10                                                                         _______ SAT 5.1.10 Record the At Power Shutdown Margin: ________________________ pcm           _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 11:   Step 5.1.10  
 
5.1.10 Record the At Power Shutdown Margin: ________________________ pcm  
 
STANDARD:
Initial step since number entered from previous step.
Initial step since number entered from previous step.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
9 of 27
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
10 of 27   STEP 12:  Step 5.1.11
 
5.1.11 IF Step 5.1.10 is less negative than Section 4.0 requirements (-1,770 pcm), THEN reduce plant power in acco rdance with Technical Sp ecification 3.12 AND satisfy the required SDM (-1,770 pcm). IF Step 5.1.10 is equal to or more negative than -
1770 pcm, THEN enter N/A for this step. 


STEP 12:  Step 5.1.11                                                                              _______ SAT 5.1.11 IF Step 5.1.10 is less negative than Section 4.0 requirements (-1,770 pcm), THEN  _______ UNSAT reduce plant power in accordance with Technical Specification 3.12 AND satisfy the required SDM (-1,770 pcm). IF Step 5.1.10 is equal to or more negative than -
1770 pcm, THEN enter N/A for this step.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
Determines that 5.1.10 is more negative that -1770 and then enters N/A for step 5.1.11. Candidate then completes 'Complet ed By' and 'Date' lines below.
Determines that 5.1.10 is more negative that -1770 and then enters N/A for step 5.1.11.
Candidate then completes Completed By and Date lines below.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 13: Reports task complete.                                                                   _______ SAT
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 13:   Reports task complete.  
 
STANDARD:
Reports task complete and that adequate shutdown margin exists.
Reports task complete and that adequate shutdown margin exists.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
Evaluator note: The following pages are the required figures of the curve book in order required.
10 of 27


_______ SAT
DOM DOMINION INI ON                                                                                                        l-DRP-003 l-DRP-003 Surry Power Station Sta tio n                                                                                        Revisio n 88 Revision Page 81 81 of 18S 18S (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 40 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 STUCK ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP N o te te:: For Use In Shutdown Sh u tdown Mar g in Calc Calcuu lat latio io ns Only Onl y 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 0;-
      "E i'5
        ~  1700
        ~
        ~
        £o!-
        ~
1600 "a
i<
        ~
a 0:
r:t: 1500
        ~
u il i5    1400 14 00 1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 0          2000    4000        6000      8000    10000        12000      14000    16000    18000      20000
( 500 MWD/ MTU I d iv)
Cycle Burnup (SOD S 1 C23StuckRodWorth.pd C23Stu ckRodWorth . pd f Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.e) 11 of 27


_______ UNSAT
DOMINI DOM INI ON                                                                                                1-DRP-003 Surry Power Sta  Station tio n                                                                              Revisio Revision    n 88 Page 71 71 of 189 (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 31 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 POWER DEFECT NOTE: For Use Through Nominal FuJI Full Power End Of Reactivity
              -3000
                                                                                                -- -1 1 00%
              -2500                                                                                      POWER
              -2000
                                                                                                      - 75%
POWER 0;-
i2 5a.
oCO>
        ~ - 1500 u
o 50%
(L
            ~                                                                                            POWER
              -1000
              - 1000 25%
POWER
                -500 a
a      2000 4000  6000  8000  10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU/div)              S 1 C2 3 3PowerDefeC!Through  E O R. pdf P owerOefectThrough EOR Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.a) 12 of 27


Evaluator note:  The following pages are the required figures of the curve book in order required.
DOMINION                                                                                                          1-DRP-OC Surry Power Station                                                                                               Revision e Page 83 of 1<
Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.e) 11 of 27 D OM INI O N S u rry Po w er Sta t io n (Page 1 o f 1) Attachment 40 l-DR P-003 R evisio n 88 Page 8 1 of 1 8S SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 STUCK ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP N o t e: For Use I n Sh u t down Ma r g i n Calc u la t io ns On l y 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 0;-" E 1700 &#xa3;o!-" 1600 a ;;: a r:t: 1500 u i5 1400 1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU I d iv) S 1 C23S tu ckRodWorth. pd f DOMINION Surry Po w er Station (Page 1 of 1) Attachment 40 l-DRP-00 3 Re visio n 88 Page 81 of 18 S SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 STUCK ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP N o te: For Use I n Shu td own Ma r g i n Ca l c u l at io ns Only 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 >-i'5 E 1700 " 1600 a i< a 1500 0: u il 1 4 00 1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (SOD MWD/MTU I d iv) S 1 C23S t uckRodWorth.pd f
(Page 1 of 1)
Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.a) 12 of 27 D OM INI O N 1-DR P-003 S u rry P ower Sta t io n Re visio n 88 -3000 -2500
Attachment 42 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 REACTIVITY REDISTRIBUTION FACTOR VS. BURN UP Note:
-2000 i2 5 CO> '" -1 500 u '* o "--1000 -500 a ---(P age 1 o f 1) Attachment 31 SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 POWER DEFECT P age 7 1 of 1 89 NOTE: For Use Through Nomina l FuJI Power End Of Reactivity
N ote: For Use U se In Shu td own Margin Calcula ttions io n s Only 250
--1 00% POWER -75% POWER 50% POWER 25% POWER a 2000 4000 6000 8000 1 0000 1 2000 1 4000 1 6000 1 8000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU/div)
                                                                                                                /'
S 1 C2 3 P owe rOefectThrough E O R. pdf DOMINI O N 1-DRP-00 3 Surry Po w er Station Re visio n 88 -3000
                                                                                                            /'
-2500
                                                                                                    /'
-2000 i2 5 a. o '" ':'-1 500 u '* o (L -1000 -500 a ---(Page 1 o f 1) Attachment 31 SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 POWER DEFECT Page 71 of 1 89 NOTE: For Use Through Nominal Full Power End Of Reactivity
200 V
--1 00% POWER -75% POWER 50% POWER 25% POWER a 2000 4000 6000 8000 1 0000 1 2000 14 000 1 6000 1 8000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU/div)
                                                                                        /'
S 1 C2 3PowerDefeC!Through EOR pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.b) 13 of 27 DOMINION 1-DRP-OC Surry Po w er Station Re v ision e (Page 1 o f 1) Attachment 42 Page 83 of 1< SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 REACTIVITY REDISTRIBUTION FACTOR VS. BURN UP i5 E u a 250 200 :s-150 50 o V V o 2000 N o t e: For U se I n Shu td own Margin Calcula t ions Only /' /' /' V /' /' V V /' /' /' /' V V V V V 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cyc l e Burnup (500 MWD/MTU I d iv) S 1 C23React R ed i stF actor.pdf DOMINION 1-DRP-OC Surry Po w er Station Re v ision e (Page 1 o f 1) Attachment 42 Page 83 of 1< SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 REACTIVITY REDISTRIBUTION FACTOR VS. BURN UP " 5 a 250 200 !::.-150 50 o V V o 2000 Note: For Use I n Shu td own Margin Calcula t io n s Only /' /' /' V /' /' V V /' /' /' /' V V V V V 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle B u rnup (500 MWD/MTU I d iv) S 1 C23ReactRedistF actor.pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.c) 14 of 27 D OM INI O N S u rry Po w er Sta t io n (Page 1 o f 8) Attachment 29 l-D R P-OO: R evisio n 8t Page 62 o f SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 AT POWER INTEGRAL ROD WORTH TABLE FOR CONTROL BANKS C AND D IN OVERLAP Note: Wo r t h At N om in a l HFP Co n d i t i o n s CYC LE BU R NUP RA N G E (MW D/M TU) D-B A N K C-B A N K 0.0 500.1 2000.1 4000.1 6000.1 8000.1 P OS P OS T O T O T O T O T O T O S TEPS S TEP S 500.0 2000.0 4000.0 6000.0 8000.0 1 0000.0 228 228 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 225 228 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 223 228 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.1 22 1 228 5.6 5.2 4.7 5.0 5.8 6.9 2 1 9 228 1 0.2 9.5 8.6 9.2 1 0.6 1 2.6 217 228 1 5.8 1 4.7 1 34 1 4.3 1 6.5 1 9.6 2 1 5 228 2 1.3 20.3 1 8.6 1 9.9 22.9 27.1 2 1 3 228 27.7 25.8 24.3 26.0 29.9 35.3 2 11 228 34.5 32.3 29.9 32.1 36.8 43.3 209 228 42.0 394 36.7 39.3 45.0 52.9 207 228 49.8 46.8 43.7 46.8 53.6 62.7 205 228 58.0 54.7 5 1.2 54.9 62.7 73.1 203 228 67.3 63.5 59.7 64.0 73.0 84.9 20 1 228 76.0 7 1.9 67.7 72.5 82.6 95.7 1 99 228 85.3 80.8 76.3 8 1.7 92.8 1 07.3 1 97 228 94.6 89.8 84.9 90.9 1 03.1 11 8.8 1 95 228 1 05.2 1 00.0 94.9 1 0 1 4 11 4.8 1 3 1.9 1 93 228 11 5.1 1 09.6 1 04.1 111.2 1 25.5 1 43.8 1 9 1 228 1 25.3 11 9.5 11 3.7 1 2 1.3 1 36.6 1 56.1 1 89 228 1 35.7 1 29.5 1 23.5 1 3 1.6 1 47.9 1 68.5 1 87 228 1 46.8 1 40.2 1 33.9 1 424 1 59.7 1 8 1.5 1 85 228 1 57.2 1 504 1 43.8 1 52.8 170.9 1 93.6 1 83 228 1 68.1 1 6 1.0 1 54.0 1 63.5 1 82.5 206.2 S 1 C23RodWo r t h At P owe rB O L. p df DOMINION Surry Po w er Station (Page 1 o f 8) Attachment 29 1-DRP-OO:
V
Revision 8t Page 62 of 18f SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 AT POWER INTEGRAL ROD WORTH TABLE FOR CONTROL BANKS C AND D IN OVERLAP Note: Worth At Nominal HFP Cond i t i ons CYC LE BURNUP RANGE (MWD/MTU) D-BANK C-BANK 0.0 500.1 2000.1 4000.1 6000.1 8000.1 POS POS T O T O T O T O T O T O S TEPS S TEP S 500.0 2000.0 4000.0 6000.0 8000.0 10000.0 228 228 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 225 228 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 223 228 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.1 221 228 5.6 5.2 4.7 5.0 5.8 6.9 219 228 10.2 9.5 8.6 9.2 10.6 12.6 217 228 15.8 14.7 134 14.3 16.5 19.6 215 228 21.3 20.3 18.6 19.9 22.9 27.1 213 228 27.7 25.8 24.3 26.0 29.9 35.3 211 228 34.5 32.3 29.9 32.1 36.8 43.3 209 228 42.0 394 36.7 39.3 45.0 52.9 207 228 49.8 46.8 43.7 46.8 53.6 62.7 205 228 58.0 54.7 51.2 54.9 62.7 73.1 203 228 67.3 63.5 59.7 64.0 73.0 84.9 201 228 76.0 71.9 67.7 72.5 82.6 95.7 199 228 85.3 80.8 76.3 81.7 92.8 107.3 197 228 94.6 89.8 84.9 90.9 103.1 118.8 195 228 105.2 100.0 94.9 1014 114.8 131.9 193 228 115.1 109.6 104.1 111.2 125.5 143.8 191 228 125.3 119.5 113.7 121.3 136.6 156.1 189 228 135.7 129.5 123.5 131.6 147.9 168.5 187 228 146.8 140.2 133.9 1424 159.7 181.5 185 228 157.2 1504 143.8 152.8 170.9 193.6 183 228 168.1 161.0 154.0 163.5 182.5 206.2 S 1 C23RodWorthAtPowerBO L. pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.d) 15 of 27 D OM INI O N S u rry Po w er Sta t io n 1-DR P-003 R evisio n 88 Page 79 of 1 89 31 E 7800 7700 7600 7400 '" :2 7300 o :;:: "0 (i 7200 7 1 00 7000 6900 6800 (Page 1 of 1) Attachment 38 SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 TOTAL ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP Note: For U s e In Shutdown Margin Calculation s Only o 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 1 2000 1 4000 1 6000 1 8000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU I div) S 1 C23To t alRodWor t h. pdf DOMINION Surry Po w er Station 1-DRP-003 Re v ision 88 Page 79 of 189 :!1 E 7800 7700 7600 7400 on :2 7300 o ;:: "0 (i 7200 .s 7100 7000 6900 6800 (Page 1 of 1) Attachment 38 SURRY UNIT 1 -CYCLE 23 TOTAL ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP Note: For Use In Shutdown Margin Calculations Only o 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWDIMTU I div) S 1 C2 3 Tota l RodWorth.pdf 16 of 27 STOP TIME:
                                                                            /'
        >-                                                              /'
V "E5 i5 u
          ~
                                                                  /'
a                                                      /'
:s-
        !::.- 150
                                                        /'
V V
V V
V V
V 50 o
o  2000 4000     6000     8000       10000   12000   14000         16000       18000   20000 Cycle Burnup          MWD/ MTU I d iv)
B u rnup (500 MWD/MTU S 1 C23ReactRedistF C23ReactR edistF actor.pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.b) 13 of 27


____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMINION DOM INI ON                                                                                          1-DRP-OO:
l-DRP-OO:
Surry Power Station Sta tion                                                                                Revision 8t Revision 1 8~
Page 62 of 18f (Page 1 of 8)
Attachment 29 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 AT POWER INTEGRAL ROD WORTH TABLE FOR CONTROL BANKS C AND D IN OVERLAP Note: Worth Wo rth At Nominal Nom ina l HFP Cond itions itio ns CYC LE BURNUP      RANGE BU R NUP RAN          (MWD/MTU))
GE (MWD/MTU D-BANK D-BA N K  C-BANK C-BA    NK  0 .0      500 .1    2000 .1 2000.1        4000 .1        6000 .1  8000 .1 POS        POS      TO          TO          TO            TO              TO        TO STEP S    STEP S    500 .0      2000 .0    4000 4000.0  .0    6000 .0        8000 .0  10000.0 10000 .0 228        228      0 .0        0 .0        0 .0          0.0 0 .0            0 .0      0.0 0 .0 225        228      0 .0        0.0 0 .0        0 .0          0 .0            0 .0      0.0 0 .0 223        228      2 .0        1.8        1.7          1.7            2 .0      2 .1 22 2211        228      5.6          5.2        4 4.7.7          5.0            5.8      6 .9 2 19 219        228    10.2        9 .5 9.5          8 .6          9.2            10 .6 10.6      12.6 12 .6 217        228    15.8        14.7        134          14 .3 14.3            16 16.5.5    19 19.6.6 2 15 215        228    2 1..3 21  3      20 .3      18.6 18 .6        19 19.9.9          22 .9    27 .1 213 2 13        228    27.7        25 .8      24 .3 24.3        26.0 26 .0            29.9 29 .9    35 .3 211 2 11        228    34 .5 34.5        32 32.3
                                            .3      29 .9 29.9          32.1 32 .1          36 .8 36.8    43 43.3 .3 209        228    42 42.0 .0      394        36.7          39.3 39 .3          45 .0 45.0      52 .9 207        228    49 49.8 .8      46.8 46 .8      43.7          46.8 46 .8            53.6 53 .6    62.7 205        228    58 .0        54.7 54 .7      51.2          54 .9          62 .7    73.1 73 .1 203        228    67 .3        63 .5      59.7        64 .0            73.0 73 .0    84 .9 2011 20          228    76.0 76 .0        71.9        67.7        72.5 72 .5          82 .6    95.7 199        228    85 .3        80 .8      76.3 76 .3        8 811.7.7          92 .8    107.3 107 .3 197        228    94 .6        89 .8 89.8        84 84.9.9      90 .9          103 .1 103.1    118.8 11 8 .8 195        228    105.2        100.0 100 .0      94 .9        1014 10 14          114.8 11 4 .8  131.9 193        228    115.1 11 5 .1      109 .6 109.6      104.1 104 .1        111.2 111 .2          125 125.5 .5  143 143.8 .8 19 1 191        228    125 .3 125.3        119.5 11 9 .5    113.7 11 3.7        121.3 12 1. 3        136.6 136 .6    156.1 156 .1 189        228    135 .7 135.7        129 129.5.5    123.5 123 .5        131.6          147.9 147 .9    168.5 168 .5 187        228    146 .8 146.8        140.2      133.9 133 .9        1424            159.7    18 181.5
: 1. 5 185        228    157.2        1504        143.8 143 .8        152.8 152 .8          170.9    193.6 193 .6 183        228    168 .1 168.1        16 1.0 161.0      154.0 154 .0        163.5 163 .5          182 182.5 .5  206.2 S 1 C23RodWorthAtPowerBOL.
C23RodWorthAt PowerB O L. pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.c) 14 of 27


____________________________________________________________________________________
DOM    INI ON DOMINION                                                                                      1-DR P-003 1-DRP-003 Surry Power Station Sta tio n                                                                      Revision Revisio  n 88 Page 79 of 189 (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 38 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 TOTAL ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP Note : For Use U s e In Shutdown Margin Calculations Only 7800 7700 7600
:!1 31 E
        ~ 7400 on
      ~
:2o  7300 "0
(i    7200
      .s
      ~
      ~ 71007 100 7000 6900 6800 o      2000  4000    6000      8000  10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWDIMTU MWD/MTU I div)
S 1C2 3Tota lRodWorth.pdf C23TotalRodWort  h . pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.d) 15 of 27


____________________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME:
 
16 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
17 of 27 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial c onditions of the task to be performed and w ill provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator w hen you understand your assigned task.
Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager. 1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable. Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (C alculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod. You are performing this calculation as a ba ckup to the reactor engineering's calculation. A Curve Book will be provided. The following unit conditions exist:
o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height:  227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
o CB:  1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
o T and PRNIS: 100% power  When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.
1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.
Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.
You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.
A Curve Book will be provided.
The following unit conditions exist:
o  Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o  Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o  Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
o  CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
o  T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
17 of 27


Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.  
Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.
Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.
1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.
Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.
You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.
A Curve Book will be provided.
The following unit conditions exist:
o  Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o  Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o  Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
o  CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
o  T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager. 1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable. Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (C alculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod. You are performing this calculation as a ba ckup to the reactor engineering's calculation. A Curve Book will be provided. The following unit conditions exist:
'D ..
o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height:  227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.
'      Dominion omlnlon-SURRY POWER STA TlON PROC EDURE NO:
o CB:  1100 ppm, measured 1 hour ago. No dilutions have taken place.
1-0P-RX-001 REVISION NO:
o T and PRNIS: 100% power  When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
11 PROC EDURE TYPE:
 
TYP E:                                                                 UNIT NO:
PROC E DUR E NO: 'D .. 1-0P-RX-001 omlnlon-SURRY POWER STA TlON R E V I SION NO: 11 PR OC E DUR E TYPE: UN I T NO: OPERATING PROCEDURE 1 PR OC E DUR E TIT LE: SHUTDOWN MARGIN (CALCULATED AT POWER) RXMGT I I I I I RE V I S I ON
OPERATING PROCEDURE                                                           1 PROC EDURE TITLE:
SHUTDOWN MARGIN (CALCULATED AT POWER)
RXMGT I             I               I               I                                     I REVISION


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Re v i sed in r es p onse to Reactor Engineering fee d back , OP FB 09-0 11 6. R ev i se d seco nd and third bullet s of Step 5.1.1 to c han ge " in ope rabl e" to " fu ll y dropped (less than 1 0 s tep s)." PR OC E DUR E US E D: 0 E ntir e ly o Partiall y Note: If used partia ll y, note reaso ns in remarks. PR OB LE MS EN COUNT E R E D: 0 NO D Y E S Note: If Y E S , note probl e ms in remarks. R E MARKS: (Use back f or add i tiona l remarks.) SHIF T SUP ER V I S I ON: DAT E: CONTINUOUS USE 'Dominion PROC E DUR E NO: 1-0P-RX-001 SURRY POWER STA TlON R E V I SION NO: 11 PROC E DURE TYP E: UN I T NO: OPERATING PROCEDURE 1 PROC E DURE TITL E: SHUTDOWN MARGIN (CALCULATED AT POWER) RXMGT I I I I I R E V I SION
Revised in response to Reactor Engineering feedback, OP FB 09-0 11 6. Revised second and third bullets of Step 5. 1.1 to change "inoperable" to "fully dropped (less than 10 steps)."
PROC EDURE EDUR E USUSED:
ED:         0   Entirely    o Partially          Note: If used partially, note reasons in remarks.
PROBLEMS PROBLE  MS ENCOUNTERED:       0   NO           D   YES              Note: If YES, Y ES, note problems in remarks.
remarks.
REMARKS:
(Use back for additiona additionall remarks. )
SUPERVISION SHIFT SUP ERVISION::                                                                DATE :
DATE:
CONTINUOUS USE


==SUMMARY==
Dominion                                                1-0P-RX-0011 1-0P-RX-00 Surry Power Station                                       Revision 11 Page 2 of9 of 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                   Page 1.0   PURPOSE                                                       3
: Revi s ed in re s p o n s e to Reac t or Enginee r ing feedback , OP FB 09-0 11 6. Re v i se d s econd and third bu ll e t s of S t e p 5.1.1 t o change " in o p e rable" to " fu ll y dropped (le ss than 1 0 s tep s)." PROC E DURE USED: 0 Entire ly o Partially N o te: If us ed partially, note reasons i n remarks. PROBL E MS EN CO UNT E R E D: 0 NO D Y E S N o t e: If Y E S , n ote problems in r emarks. R E MARKS: (Use back fo r additional remarks.) SHIFT SUPERV I S I ON: DATE: CONTINUOUS USE Dominion Surry Po w er Station TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1.0 PURPOSE  


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0   REFERENCES==
3 3.0  INITIAL CONDITIONS                                            5 4.0  PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS                                  5 5.0  INSTRUCTIONS                                                  6 5.1    Shutdown Margin Detenllination                        6 ATTACHMENTS


3.0 INITIAL CON DITIO NS 4.0 PRE CAU TIO NS AND LIMIT A TIO NS 5.0 INSTR U CTIONS 5.1 Shutdown Ma r g in Detenllination ATTACHMENTS 1-0P-RX-001 Revision 11 Page 2 of 9 Page 3 3 5 5 6 6 Dominio n Surry Power Statio n TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1.0 PURPOSE  
DOMINION                                                                                                1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station                                                                                        Revision Revi sion 11 Page 3 of 9 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1  To verify that a critical reactor core will be adequately subcritical to meet Technica I ec hnicall Specifications and Administrative Limits.
Limits. (Reference 2.2.1) 2.2.1 )
: 1. 2 This test shall be performed at the following times:
At the discretion of Shift Supervision whenever an at power shutdown margin (SDM) should be calculated to verify Technical Specification compliance .
(Reference 2.2  .1 )
2.2.1 Every twelve hours after a control rod has been determined inoperable until the reactor is shutdown or the rod is declared operable. (Reference 2.2  2.2.1)
                                                                                                      .1)
                            \\Then a Shutdown or Control Bank has been inserted up to 18 steps below its insertion inserti on limit and becomes stuck or inoperable during physics physics testing and control rod assembly surveillance testing. (Reference 2.4.1)
: 1. 3 This te st may be perfonned within one hour after a control rod has been detennined detenllined inoperable. (Reference 2.2.1 )


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMIT A TIO NS 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Shutdown Ma rgin Detenllinat i on ATTACHMENTS 1-0P-R X-00 1 Revision 11 Page 2 of9 Page 3 3 5 5 6 6 DOMINION 1-0P-RX-001 Surr y Po w er Station Re vi sion 11 Page 3 of 9 1.0 P U RPOSE 1.1 To ve rif y th at a c riti c al reactor core w ill b e adequately s ub c riti c al t o meet Techni ca l Specifica ti o n s and Administrative Limit s. (R e ferenc e 2.2.1) 1.2 Thi s te s t s hall be performed at the foll ow in g time s: A t th e di sc retion of S hift S uper v i s ion w h e n eve r an at power s hutdo w n margin (SDM) s hould be c alculated to ve rif y Techni ca l Spe c ifi ca ti on compliance. (Referen ce 2.2.1) E very t we l ve h o ur s after a control rod ha s been determined in o perable until th e reactor is s hutdo w n or the rod i s declared operab l e. (R e feren ce 2.2.1) \\Then a Shu td ow n or Co ntrol Bank ha s been in se rted up to 18 s t e p s belo w it s in se rti on limit and becomes s tuck or inoperable during ph ys ic s t esting and control rod asse mbly s ur ve illance t esting. (Reference 2.4.1) 1.3 Thi s te s t ma y be perfonned w ithin o ne hour after a control rod ha s been detennined inoperabl e. (Re fe rence 2.2.1)
2.1  Source Documents 2.1.1    UFSAR Section 3.2, 14.2.5
: 14. 2.5 2.1.2
: 2. 1.2 Nuclear Analysis and Fuel Teclmical Technical Report N1O-630, NE-630, Revision 1 2.2  Technical Specifications Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2 2.2.1 Technical Specifications 1.C.4, l.CA, 3.1 2.A 2.A.3 .c, 3.1 2.C.3.h
                                                                          .3.c,    2.C.3 .b.2,
                                                                                            .2, 3.1 2.A 2.A.5
                                                                                                        .5,, 3.1 2.A.6, 2.A.6.
3.12
: 3. 12 Basis


==2.0 REFERENCES==
DOM INION                                                                                    1-0P-RX-00 1-0P-RX-0011 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 11 Page Pa ge 4 of 9 2.3 Technical References 2.3 .1 I-DRP-003 , Curve Book, Section 1 Attachments-Physics Curves
: 3. Power Defect
: b. Reactivity Redistribution Redi stribution Factor
: c. At Power Integral Worth Table-Control Banks C & D in Overlap
: d. Total Rod Worth
: e. Stuck Rod Worth vs Bumup f  Worth of Single Rod Bank Out of Sequence Up to 18 Steps 2.3.2 2.3 .2 Engineering Transmittal NAF-980058, NAF-980058 , Rev . 0, Proposed Operator Response and Shutdown Margin Infonnation for Incomplete RodRod Insertion 2.3 .3 Cycle Specific Reload Safety Evaluation, EVAL-ENG-RSE-S 2.3.3                                          EVAL-ENG-RSE-S 1l CXX 2.4 Commitment Documents 2.4.11 CTS 2102, Technical 2.4.              Teclmical Specification Change 269, Control Rod Urgent Failure ana lys is 2.4.2 CTS 4358, RCE S-98-1213.
S-98-1213, Shutdown Margin Calculation Issues


2.1 Source Document s 2.1.1 UFSAR Section 3.2 , 14.2.5 2.1.2 N uclear A nal ys i s and Fuel T ec hni ca l Rep o rt N E-63 0 , R ev i s ion 1 2.2 Technical Specifications Surry Power Station U nits 1 and 2 2.2.1 Technical Specifica ti o n s l.C A , 3.1 2.A.3.c , 3.1 2.C.3.b.2 , 3.1 2.A.5 , 3.1 2.A.6. 3.1 2 Ba s i s DOMINION 1-0P-RX-001 Surr y Po w er Station Revision 11 Page 3 of 9 1.0 P U RPOSE 1.1 T o v erif y that a c riti cal r eac tor core w ill be adequately s ubcritical to m ee t I ec hni ca l Specifications and Ad mini s trati ve Limit s. (R efe r ence 2.2.1) 1.2 Thi s te s t s h a ll be p e r for m ed at th e fo ll ow ing time s: A t th e di sc retion of Sh ift Super v i s i on w hen ever a n at p owe r s hutd own m a r g in (S DM) s hould be calcu l a t ed t o ve rif y Te c hnical Specifi ca tion complian ce. (Referen ce 2.2.1) E v ery t we l v e h ours after a co ntr o l rod ha s been determined in ope ra b l e until th e reactor is s hutdo w n or th e rod i s declared operab le. (R efe r e n ce 2.2.1) \\T hen a Shu td own or Co nt ro l Bank h as been in s erted up t o 18 s tep s belo w it s in se rti o n limit and beco mes s tu ck or inoperable during ph ys i cs t es tin g and contro l rod a sse mbly s urv e illan ce t est in g. (Reference 2.4.1) 1.3 Thi s te s t ma y be perf o nned w ithin o n e hour after a co ntr o l rod ha s been detenllined in operab l e. (Reference 2.2.1)
DOMINION                                                                                          1-0P-RX-OOI 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station                                                                                 Revision Revi sion 11 Page 5 of 9 Init    Veri!
3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The reactor is critical.
3.2 Verify that the Res boron concentration has been detennined in the last 24 hours.
hours.
3.3 Verify that no large dilutions (i.e .. greater than 10 ppm) to the ReS Res have been perfonned perfonn  ed since the most recently measured boron concentratioll.
concentration.
3.4 Personnel participating in perfonnance of this procedure shall complete the table PersOlmei below.
Initials            Signature                      Printed Name                  Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 \\Then the Res average temperature is greater than or equal to 54 r F and the llllit
                        *When                                                                            unit is at power, there must be sufficient negative reactivity available to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1.770    pem.
1,770 pe m.
4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining supervisory oversight of the perfonnance of this thi s procedure.
4.3 This procedure must be perfonned by a Reactor Operator, Shift Technical Advisor (SIA),
(ST A), or Reactor Engineer.


==2.0 REFERENCES==
DOMINION                                                                                                1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision Revi sion 11 Page 6 of 9 Init  Veri!
5.0  INSTRUCTIONS 5.1  Shutdown Margin Determination NOTE: Meeting the conditions in Step 5.1.1  5. 1.1 verifies that the SDM is at least -1 770 pem.
pClli.
5.1.1
: 5. 1.1 Verify all of the following to determine ifan abbreviated SDM can be perfonned:
The Unit is operating between HZP and HFP A maximum of one fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists IF a hIlly dropped (less than 10 steps) contro controll rod exists, THEN verify that all other rods are greater than the minimum rod insertion limit 5.1.2
: 5. 1.2 IF any ofof the above conditions are NOT met, THEN enter N/A for Step 5.1.3, AND GO TO Step 5.1.4. 5.1.4 . Otherwise, enter N/A.
5.1.3
: 5. 1.3 IF all of the above ab ove conditions are met, THEN perfonnperfoml the following:
: a. Enter N/A for Steps 5.
: a.                            5.1A lA through 5.1.9.
5.1.9.
b.
: b. Record -1 770 pcm in Step 5.1.10.
: c. GO TO Step 5.1.11.5. 1.11.


2.1 Source Documents 2.1.1 UFSAR Sec tion 3.2 , 14.2.5 2.1.2 N uclear Ana l ys i s and Fu e l Teclmical R epo rt N1O-630 , Re v i s i on 1 2.2 Technical Specifications Surr y Power Station U nits 1 and 2 2.2.1 T ec hni ca l Speci fi c ati o n s 1.C.4 , 3.1 2.A.3.c , 3.1 2.C.3.h.2 , 3.1 2.A.5 , 3.1 2.A.6 , 3.1 2 Ba s i s DOM INI ON 1-0P-R X-00 1 Surry Power Statio n Revision 11 Pa ge 4 of 9 2.3 Technical References 2.3.1 I-DRP-0 03 , C ur ve B oo k , Sect i on 1 Attachments
DOMINION                                                                                           1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station                                                                                   Revision 11 Page 7 of 9
-Phys i cs Curves 3. Po we r Defe c t b. Reacti v it y Redi s tri bu ti on Factor c. At P owe r Int egral W orth Table-Co nt rol Banks C & D in Ove rlap d. Total Rod Wo rth e. S tuck R o d Worth vs Bumup f Wort h of S in gle R o d Bank Out of Sequence U p t o 1 8 Steps 2.3.2 Engineering Trans mitt a l NA F-9 80058 , Re v. 0 , Propo se d Opera t or Re spo n se and S hutd own Marg in Inf o nnation for I nco m ple t e R o d In se rtion 2.3.3 Cycle Spec ifi c Reload Safe t y E va luation , E V AL-E N G-RSE-S l CXX 2.4 Co mmitment Documents 2.4.1 CTS 2 10 2 , Teclmical Specifica ti on Change 269 , Control R o d U r gen t Failure ana l ys i s 2.4.2 C TS 4 358 , R CE S-98-1 2 1 3 , Shu t down Margin Ca lculation I ssues DOM INI ON Surry Po w er Station Technical References 1-0P-RX-001 Revision 11 Page 4 of 9 2.3.1 I-DRP-003 , C urve Book , Section 1 Attachments-Physics Curves 3. Power Defect b. Reactivity Redistribution Factor c. At Power Integral Wort h Table-Control Bank s C & D in Overlap d. Total Rod Wo rth e. Stuck Rod Worth vs Bumup f Worth of Single R od Bank Out of Sequence Up t o 1 8 Steps 2.3.2 Eng in eering Tran s mitt a l NAF-980058 , Re v. 0 , Propo se d Opera t or Re spo n se and Shutdown Margin Inf onnation for I nco m ple t e Rod In se rtion 2.3.3 Cycle Specific Reload Safe t y E va lu ation , EVAL-E NG-R SE-S 1 CXX 2.4 Co mmitment Documents 2.4.1 CTS 2 10 2 , T echnical Specificatio n Change 269 , Contro l Rod U r gen t Failure ana l ys i s 2.4.2 CTS 4358 , RCE S-98-1 2 1 3. Shutdown Margin Calcu l ation I ssues DOMINION Surr y Po w er Station Init Veri! 3.0 I N ITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The reactor i s crit i c al. 1-0P-RX-001 Re vi sion 11 Page 5 of 9 3.2 V erif y that the Res boron co ncentration ha s been detennined in th e l as t 2 4 h o ur s. 3.3 Ve rif y that no larg e dilutions (i.e .. greater than 10 ppm) t o th e R es ha ve been perfon n ed s in ce the m os t r ecen tl y mea s ured boron co ncentratioll.
: 5. 1A 5.1A   Record the following fo llow ing parameters for the SDM calculation.
3.4 Per so nnel participating in perfonnance of thi s procedure s hall complete the table be l ow. Initials Signature Printed Name Date 4.0 PRECAUTIO N S AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 \\Then th e Res average t emperature i s greater than or equal t o 5 4 r F and th e llllit i s at power , ther e mu st be s uffi c i ent negati ve rea c ti v it y availab le to e n s ure that the reactor c an be m ade s ubcriti ca l by at lea st 1 , 77 0 pe m. 4.2 The U nit 1 SRO i s r esponsib le for maintaining s uper v i sory ove r s ight of the perfon nan ce of thi s procedure. 4.3 Thi s procedure mu s t be pe rf onned by a Rea c t or Operator , Shift Technical Advisor (S T A), or Reactor Engine e r. DOMINION Surry Po w er Station Init Veri! 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The reactor i s critica l. 1-0P-RX-OOI Re v ision 11 Page 5 of 9 3.2 Verify that the Res boron concen trati on ha s been detennined in the l ast 24 hours. 3.3 Verify that no lar ge dilution s (i.e .. greater than 10 ppm) t o th e R eS have been perfonned s ince the mo s t r ecen tl y measured boron concen trati on. 3.4 Per s Olmei participating in perfonnance of thi s procedure s hall comp l ete the table below. Initials Signature Printed Name Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 *When the Res average temperature i s greater than or equa l to 54 r F and th e unit is at power , ther e must be sufficient negati ve reactivit y avai lable to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1.77 0 pem. 4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining s upervisory oversigh t of the perfonnance of thi s procedure. 4.3 Thi s procedure mu s t be perfonned b y a Reactor Operator , Shift Technical Advisor (SIA), or Reactor Engineer.
aa.. Time/date of SDM calculation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,-             I/ _ _ _ __
DOMINION Surr y Po w er Station Init Veri! 5.0 I N STR U CTIO N S 5.1 Shutdown Margin Determination NOTE: Meeting the c ondition s in St e p 5.1.1 v erifie s that the SD M i s at lea s t -1 77 0 pClli. 1-0P-RX-001 Re v ision 11 Page 6 of 9 5.1.1 V erif y all of th e f o ll ow ing t o determine ifan ab b r ev iated SDM c an be perfonned: The U nit i s operatin g bet w een HZP and HFP A ma x imum o f o ne full y dropped (le ss than 10 s tep s) c ontrol rod e x i s t s IF a hIll y dropped (le ss than 10 s tep s) c ontrol rod e x i s t s , THEN v erif y that all other rods a r e greater than the minimum rod in se rtion limit 5.1.2 IF any o f th e abo v e co ndition s are N OT m e t , THE N ent e r N/A for Step 5.1.3 , A ND GO TO Step 5.1.4. Other w i s e , enter N/A. 5.1.3 IF all o f the ab ov e co nditi o n s ar e met , THE N perf o ml th e foll ow ing: a. Ent e r N/A for Steps 5.1A throu g h 5.1.9. b. R ec ord -1 77 0 pcm in Step 5.1.10. c. GO TO Step 5.1.11. DOMINION Surry Po w er Statio n Init Veri! 5.0 I N STR U CTIO N S 5.1 Shutdown Margin Determination NOTE: Meeting the c ondition s in Step 5.1.1 v erifie s that the SDM i s at l eas t -1 77 0 pem. 1-0P-RX-001 Re vi sion 11 Page 6 of 9 5.1.1 Ve rif y all of th e follo w in g t o determine ifan abbre v iated SDM ca n be perfonned: The U nit i s operating between HZP and HFP A maximum o f o ne full y dropp e d (less than 10 s tep s) co ntrol rod ex i s t s IF a hIll y dropped (l ess than 1 0 s tep s) con t ro l rod exists , THE N ve rif y that all o th er rods are g reater than the minimum rod in se rtion limit 5.1.2 IF an y of th e abo ve co ndition s are NO T m et , THE N enter N/A for Step 5.1.3 , AND GO TO Step 5.1.4. Otherwi se , e nter N/A. 5.1.3 IF all o f the above co nditi o n s are met , THE N perfon n th e foll ow ing: a. Enter N/A for Steps 5.lA throu g h 5.1.9. b. R ec ord -1 770 pcm in Step 5.1.10. c. GO TO S t ep 5.1.11.
: b. Core Bumup Bunmp                    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MWDIMTU (Required for detennination of Power Defect)
DOMINION Surr y Po w er Station 5.1A Record the follo w ing parameter s for the SDM c alculation. 1-0P-RX-001 Re v ision 11 Page 7 of 9 a. Time/date o f SDM c alculation
C. D Control Bank
_______ ,-I ____ _ b. C or e Bumup _______ MWD IM TU (Required for detenninati o n of Po w er D e fe c t) c. D C ontr o l Bank P os ition _______ Step s d. E s timat e of C urr e nt Boron C o ncentration
: c.              Bartle Position    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Steps
(+/- 50 ppm) ppm e. Rea c tor Po we r ------_% 5.1.5 IF a s in g le baruc of c ontrol rod s ha s be e n in s erted up to 18 S tep s and cannot be returned to the original po s ition during ph ys i cs or s ur v eillan ce te s ting , THE N re c ord the bank w orth at Sub s tep 5.1.S.a. Other w i s e , enter N/A for this s tep and z e ro pem at Su bs tep S.1.S.a. 5.1.6 C alculat e the wo rth of the s tuck rod s that ar e abo v e 2 0 s tep s in the c ore. (For e x ample , IF th e re ar e no s tu c k rod s left in the c or e , THEN e nter O N E s tuck rod. IF ther e i s a kno w n s tu c k rod or rod that i s not trippable , THEN e nter TWO s tu ck r o d s.) Record an swe r at Sub s tep 5.1.S.b. (----Ac tual No. of Stu c k Rod s Plu s On e P C I11 (Ref 2.3. I.e) 5.1.7 C alculat e the wo rth of the dropped rods (rod s that a r e b e low 2 0 s tep s in th e c ore). IF ther e are no dropped rod s in th e core , THE N enter zero p e m belo w. R ec ord an sw er at Sub s tep 5.1.S.c. ( ) X (+ 1 , 000 p c m) + __ _ p e m N o. oj Dropped Rod s DOMINION Surr y Po w er Station 5.1A Record the f o llo w ing para m eters for the SDM c alculation. 1-0P-RX-001 Re v ision 11 Page 7 of 9 a. Time/date o f SDM c alculation
: d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm)                           ppm
_______ '-/ ____ _ b. C or e Bunmp _______ MWD IM TU (Required for detenninati o n of Po w er Defect) C. D C ontrol Bartle P os ition _______ S t eps d. E s timate of C urrent Boron Co ncentration
: e. Reactor Power                    ------_ %
(+/- 5 0 ppm) ppm e. Reactor Po we r ------_% 5.1.5 IF a s in g le bank of co ntrol rod s ha s been in se rted up t o 1 8 Steps and canno t be retumed to th e original position during physics or s ur v eillan c e te s tin g , THE N re c ord the bank wo rth at Substep 5. 1.8.a. Other w i s e , ente r N/ A for this s tep and zero pem at Subs tep 5.1.8.a. 5.1.6 Calcu l a t e th e wo rth o f the s tu ck rod s that are abo v e 20 s tep s in the core. (For example. IF there are no s tuck rod s left in the c ore , THE N enter O N E s tuck rod. IF th ere i s a kno w n s tu c k rod or rod that i s not trippabl e , THE N enter TWO s tu ck r o d s.) Record an swe r at Sub s t ep 5.1.S.b. (----Actual No. of Stuck Rod s Plus One p c m (Ref 2.3. I.e) 5.1.7 C alculate th e wo rth of th e dropped rods (rod s that are belo w 20 s tep s in th e core). IF there are no dropped rod s in the core , THE N enter zero pcm below. Re cor d an sw er at Substep 5.1.S.c. ( ) X (+ 1 , 000 p c m) No. of Dropped R o d s ---pcm DOMINION Surry Po w er Station CAUTlON 1-0P-RX-001 Revision 11 Page 8 of 9 Positive reactivity va lue s mu s t be entered in Sub s teps 5.1.S.a , 5.1.S.b , 5.1.S.c , 5.1.S.d , 5.1.S.e , and 5.1.S.f. 5.1.S Record the va lu es re quired to calcu lat e the Shutdown Ma r g in. (U s e data r ecorded in S t ep 5.1.4 as reference va lu es for re cord in g data from th e curves in th e Curve Bo ok , Ref 2.3.1.) a. Wort h of a S in g l e Bank In serted + pem Ou t of Sequence up to I S Steps (Ref. 2.3.1.1) (Enter zero if all banks are in prope r sequence.) (From Step 5.1.5) b. Stuck Rod Wort h from Step 5.1.6 + pem c. Dropped Rod Wort h from Step 5.1.7 + pem d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.l.a + pem e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor + pem (Ref2.3.1.b) f. Wort h of Con trol Banks at Rod + pem Position in Subs t ep 5.l.4.c (Ref2.3.1.c) a Total Rod Wo rth (Ref2.3.1.d) pcm h. Rod \Vorth Conse r va ti sm t o account for RPI uncertaint y and potential for incomplete rod insertion
5.1.5
+ 1 50 pem (Ref. 2.3.2) 5.1.9 Calcu l a te the Shu tdo wn Margin by add in g the va lu es in Subs tep 5.1.8.a thr oug h Subs t ep 5.1.S.h and record the va lu e in Step 5.1.1 0. 5.1.1 0 Record the A t Power Shu tdo wn Marg in: pem D O M I N I O N S u rry P ow er S tat io n CAUTION 1-0 P-R X-001 Re vi s i on 11 Page 8 01 9 P os iti ve r eac ti v ity v alue s mu s t be enter ed in S u b s t eps 5.1.8.a. 5.1.8.b , 5.1.8.c , 5.1.8.d , 5.1.8.e , a nd 5.1.8.f 5.1.8 R ecor d the v alu es re q uired t o ca lculat e th e Shutd ow n M ar g in. (U s e dat a r ecor d e d in S t ep 5.1.4 as r ef er e n ce va lu es for r eco r d i n g da t a from t he c u rve s in the C u rve B oo k , R ef 2.3.1.) a. W orth of a S in g l e Bank In se rt e d + p e m Out o f Se qu e n ce u p t o 18 S l eps (Re f 2.3.1.1) (Ent e r z ero if all bank s are in prop e r s e qu e n ce.) (From S tep 5.1.5) b. S tu ck R o d Wor th fr o m S l ep 5.1.6 + p e m c. Dropp ed R o d W orth f ro m S t e p 5.1.7 + p e m d. P ower D e f ec t fr o m R e f 2.3.1.a + p e m e. R eac ti v it y R e di s t ri b uti on F ac t or + p e m (Re f 2.3 .1.b) f Wo rth of Con trol B a nk s at R o d + p e m P os iti o n in S u bs t ep 5.l.4.c (R e f 2.3 .1.c) a T o t a l Rod W orth (R ef2.3.1.d) p e m h. R od \Vo rth Co n se r v ati sm t o a cco unt for RP I un ce rt a in ty a nd p o t e ntia l for in co m p l e t e ro d in s e rtion + 1 50 pe m (R ef 2.3.2) 5.1.9 C alcu l a te t he S h u t d ow n Ma r g in b y a dd i n g t h e va lu e s in S u bs t ep 5.1.8.3 t h ro u g h S u bs t e p 5.1.8.h a nd r ecor d t he v alu e in S t e p 5.1.10. 5.1.1 0 R ecord t he A t Po w er S hutd ow n M ar g in: p e m DOMINION Surry Po w er Statio n 1-0P-RX-001 Revision 11 Page 9 of 9 5.1.11 IF S t ep 5.1.1 0 i s le ss negati ve than Sec tion 4.0 r equ ir emen ts (-1 , 77 0 pem), THE N redu ce p l an t powe r in accordance w ith Techni ca l Specifica ti on 3.1 2 AND sa ti s f y th e requir e d SDM (-1 , 77 0 pem). IF Step 5.1.10 i s equal t o or m ore negati ve than -1 770 pem , THE N enter N/A for this s tep. Co mpleted b y: ___________________
: 5. 1.5 IF a single bank baruc of control rods has been inserted up to 18 Steps and cannot returned to the original position during physics or surveillance te be retumed                                                                  testing, sting ,
_ Ve rified by: ____________________
THEN record the bank worth at Substep 5.1. 5. 1. S.a.
_ Re v i ewe d by: ---------ccc
8.a. Otherwise, enter N/
"'S RO Date: ___ _ Date: Date: ___ _ DOMIN I ON Surry Power Station 1-0P-RX-001 Re visio n 11 Page 9 of 9 5.1.11 IF Step 5.1.1 0 i s les s negati ve than Section 4.0 requirements (-1 , 770 pem), THE N reduce p l ant power in accordance with Teclmical Specification 3.1 2 AND sa ti s f y the required SDM (-1 , 770 pem). IF Step 5.1.1 0 i s equa l to or more negative than -1 770 pem , THE N enter N/A for thi s step. Completed by: __________________
N/A A for this step and zero pem at Substep S.1.
_ Verified by: ___________________
5 .1. S.a.
_ Re v i ewed by: ---------cce
8.a.
"'SRO Date: ___ _ Date: Date: ___ _
: 5. 1.6 Calculate the worth of the stuck rods that are above 20 steps in the core.
1 of 16  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station
5.1.6                                                                               core . (For example, example. IF there are no stuck rods left in the core, THEN enter ONE      ON E stuck rod. IF there is a known stuck rod or rod that is not trippable, THEN enter TWO stuck rods.) Record answer at Substep 5.1        5.1..S.b.
 
S.b.
SR09301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.1.40
( ----                                                                       pcm P CI11 Actual No.
 
No. of Stuck                   2.3 . I.e)
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
(Ref 2.3.
 
Rods Plus One
Examiner_______________________________
: 5. 1.7 Calculate the worth of the dropped rods (rods that are below 20 steps 5.1.7                                                                            step s in the core). IF there are no dropped rods in the core, THEN enter zero pem      pcm below.
 
Record answer at Substep 5.1. S.c.
Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________
S.c.
 
(                           )X (+ 1,000 pcm)           ~+
Title Authorize Fuel Movement
                                                                                    ~  + ___
 
pem pcm No. oj of Dropped Rods
K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
Applicability      Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)    20 Minutes                       
 
Conditions
 
Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.


Terminating Cues
DOMINION DOMINION                                                                                                        1-0 P-RX-001 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Powe Powerr Station                                                                                              Revision Revi sion 11 Page 8 of 01 9 CAUTlON CAUTION Positive reactivity values must be entered in Substeps 5.1. 8.a.S.a, 5.1. 8.b, S.b, 5.1. 8.c, S.c, 5.1. 8.d, S.d, 5.1. 8.e, S.e, and 5.1. 8.f S.f.
5.1.S Record the values required to calculate the Shutdown Margin. (Use data 5.1.8 recorded in Step 5.1.4 as reference values for recording data from the curves in the Curve Book, Ref 2.3.1.)
: a. Worth of a Single Bank Inserted
: a.                                                      +                    pem Out of Sequence up to 18    I S Sleps Steps (Ref. 2.3 .1.1)
(Ref      .1 .1) (Enter zero if all banks are in proper sequence.) (From Step 5.1. 5)
: b. Stuck Rod Worth from Slep      Step 5.1.6            +                    pem
: c. Dropped Rod Worth from Step 5.1. 7                  +                    pem d.
: d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.1.a  2.3. l.a              +                    pem
: e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor
: e.                                                      +                    pem (Ref2.3 (Ref  2.3 .1.b) ff. Worth of Control Banks at Rod                      +                    pem Position in Substep 5. l.4.c (Ref2 (Ref 2.3.3.1.c)
                                                                                  .1.c) a
                                  ~ .
Total Rod Worth (Ref2 .3.1.d)                                            pcm pem
: h. Rod \Vorth Conservatism to account for RPI uncertainty and potential for incomplete rod insertion                          +          150      pem (Ref (Ref. 2.3 .2) 5.1.9 Calculate the Shutdown Margin by adding the values in Substep 5.1. 8.3            8.a through Substep 5.1. 8.h  S.h and record the value in Step 5.1. 5.1.110.
0.
5.1.1 0 Record the At Power Shutdown Margin:                                                  pem


1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.  
DOMINION DOMIN ION                                                                                            1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revisionn 11 Revisio Page 9 of 9 5.1.11  IF Step 5.1.1 0 is less negative than Section 4.0 requirements (-1 ,770 pem),
THEN reduce plant power in accordance with Teclmical Technica l Specification 3 .1 2 AND satisfy the required SDM (-1 ,770 pem). IF Step 5.1.10 5.1.1 0 is equal to or more negative than -1 770 pem, THEN enter N /A for this step.step.
Completed by: _ _  ____ __  __ __  __ ___ __ __ ____ __ __ _ _  __ ___    Date : _ _ __
Date:
Verified by:
by : _ ___ __ __ __ __  __ _ ____ __ __ ____ __ _ _  __ _____ Date :
Reviewed by:
by : - - - - - - - - - c c e" c" '- - - - - - - - - Date : _ _ __
SRO


Procedures
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.1.40 Applicant________________________________                                Start Time___________________
 
Examiner_______________________________
1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions.  
Date ___________________________________                                  Stop Time___________________
 
Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
Tools and Equipment     Safety Considerations
Applicability                                              Estimated Time                Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)                                              20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
 
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.
None       None  
Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.
 
Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions.
2 of 16 Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Tools and Equipment                                       Safety Considerations None                                                         None 1 of 16
 
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.


Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5'.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is cu rrently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
Line 383: Line 434:
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout  
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 16


Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are BELOW 140F.
 
Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow.
RACKOUT breakers for all CARFs and place control switches in PTL with red magnets affixed.
If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
VSF1A_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT Fail NI-32 low  NO0102- Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
 
Terminating Cues
 
Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
 
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8  Technical Specifications  Simulator Safety Considerations
 
None  Notes 
 
3 of 16 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC and ensure that RHR pump di scharge and RCS temperatures are BELOW 140F. Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal. RACKOUT breakers for all CARFs and place control switches in PTL with red magnets affixed. VSF1A_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT Fail NI-32 low  NO0102- Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
Tagout 1-VS-AC-2 and place red magnet above control switch.
Tagout 1-VS-AC-2 and place red magnet above control switch.
Panel map chiller control panel  VSAC2_GREEN- OFF Panel map chiller control panel  VSAC2_RED- OFF  
Panel map chiller control panel  VSAC2_GREEN- OFF Panel map chiller control panel  VSAC2_RED- OFF Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP.
 
START TIME:
Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bol ded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP. START TIME:
Evaluators note- determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.                                                                     _______ SAT
Evaluator's note- determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.  
_______ UNSAT STEP 1:       Refueling Containment Integrity set.
 
STEP 1:   Refueling Containment Integrity set.  
 
Remarks:
Remarks:
IAW 1-OP-FH-001  
IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:
_____    Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.
_____    Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.
COMMENTS:
3 of 16


STEP 2:      Radiation Monitors:                                                                        _______ SAT Manipulator Crane                  1 operable Containment Gaseous                1 operable                                            _______ UNSAT Containment Particulate            1 operable SFP Bridge                        1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous                  1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate                      1 operable Remarks:
If the Containment Air Recirculation fans are not running then refer to Tech Spec 3.10 for actions.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statem ent that refuel integrity is SET.
_____       Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.
_____ Initials in "D" block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:
_____       Observe remarks regarding containment air recirc fans and observes that NO containment air recirc fans are in service.
If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.
_____       Determines that the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors are INOPERABLE, and that T.S. 3.10 requires these monitors be in service to allow fuel movement. If trainee desires, 1-OP-VS-001 (containment ventilation can be referenced to assist in this determination. 1-OP-VS-001 states that at least one air recirc fan must be in service to allow the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors to be considered operable.
COMMENTS:
_____       CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES                           RADIATION         MONITOR OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
4 of 16  STEP 2:  Radiation Monitors:  Manipulator Crane  1 operable  Containment Gaseous  1 operable  Containment Particulate 1 operable  SFP Bridge  1 operable  Vent-Vent Gaseous  1 operable  Vent-Vent Particulate  1 operable
 
Remarks:
If the Containment Air Recirculation fans are not running then refer to Tech Spec 3.10 for actions. STANDARD:
_____ Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.  
 
_____ Observe remarks regarding containment air recirc fans and observes that NO  
 
containment air recirc fans are in service.  
 
_____ Determines that the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors are INOPERABLE, and that T.S. 3.10 requires these monitors be in service to allow fuel movement. If trainee desires, 1-OP-VS-001 (containment ventilation can be referenced to assist in this determination. 1-OP-VS-001 states that at least one air recirc fan must be in service to allow the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors to be considered operable.
_____ CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.  
If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.
 
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  
4 of 16
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
5 of 16   STEP 3:  Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable)  2 operable
 
Remarks: None


STANDARD:
STEP 3:      Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable)        _______ SAT 2 operable
_____ Observes normal indication on NI-31  
_______ UNSAT Remarks: None STANDARD:
 
_____       Observes normal indication on NI-31
_____ Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.  
_____       Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.
 
_____       CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.
_____ CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE  
 
NOT OPERABLE.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction). If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment. Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source  
If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).
 
If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.
range failure is the cause of th e lack of audible count rate.
Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.
 
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  
STEP 4:     Cavity level > 23 feet                                                               _______ SAT Remarks:                                                                             _______ UNSAT VPAP-2805, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if <
 
23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:
_______ SAT
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
 
_____       Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 4:   Cavity level > 23 feet  
 
Remarks:
VPAP-2805, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'.  
 
_____ Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.  
 
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'.
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
5 of 16
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
6 of 16   STEP 5:  RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:
Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable


STANDARD:
STEP 5:      RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:                                                            _______ SAT Cavity Level > 23 feet      1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet      2 operable                                                  _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'.
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
_____ Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.
_____       Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.
_____ Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.
_____       Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'.
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 6:     Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane                     _______ SAT Remarks: When changing core geometry                                                   _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_______ SAT
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.
 
_____       Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 6:   Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane Remarks: When changing core geometry  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.
_____ Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team. COMMENTS:  
If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.
 
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
6 of 16
 
_______ UNSAT
 
7 of 16   STEP 7:  RCS Boron concentration-  2350 PPM (Admin limit)
Remarks:  RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)


STEP 7:      RCS Boron concentration-  2350 PPM (Admin limit)                                        _______ SAT Remarks:                                                                                  _______ UNSAT RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
_____ Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
_____       Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 8:     RHR Temperature: 140 &deg;F                                                                 _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                             _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:  
_____       Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 8:   RHR Temperature: 140 &deg;F   Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.
If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
COMMENTS:
7 of 16


If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained. If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
STEP 9:     Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours                                             _______ SAT Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel                                             _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours.
 
_____       Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
8 of 16  STEP 9:   Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statem ent that unit has been shutdown 122 hours.
_____ Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 10:     Control Room Air Bottles                                                             _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                       _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:  
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
 
_____       Determines that current air bottle configuration allows for fuel movement.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 10:   Control Room Air Bottles Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
_____ Determines that current air bottle c onfiguration allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
COMMENTS:
8 of 16


If asked: Both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
STEP 11:     Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation- 2 Trains                         _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                       _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
 
_____       Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.
COMMENTS:
_____       Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
9 of 16  STEP 11:   Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation- 2 Trains Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Examines current configura tion of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.
_____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emer gency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 12:     Control Room Chillers- 3 minimum                                                   _______ SAT Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23                         _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:  
_____       Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.
 
_____       Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 12:   Control Room Chillers- 3 minimum Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.
_____ Determines that current MCR Chiller conf iguration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
9 of 16


If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
STEP 13:     MCR/ESGR AHU- 8 minimum                                                           _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                     _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
 
_____       Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and recognizes that with one tagged out, 8 operable fans do not exist. However, Tech Spec 3.10.A.14 allows fuel movement with one AHU out of service.
COMMENTS:
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
10 of 16  STEP 13:   MCR/ESGR AHU- 8 minimum Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and recognizes that with one tagged out, 8 operable fans do not exist. However, Tech Spec 3.10.A.14 allows fuel movement with one AHU out of service.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 14:     120 Volt Vital Buses- 2 minimum                                                   _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                     _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:  
_____       Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.
 
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration and both station batteries are operable and split out.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 14:   120 Volt Vital Buses- 2 minimum Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT. _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration and both station batteries are operable and split out.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration. If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.
COMMENTS:  
If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
 
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
10 of 16
 
_______ UNSAT
 
11 of 16   STEP 15:  SFP Cooling- 1 train available Remarks: None
 
STANDARD:
_____ Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with  one in service.


STEP 15:    SFP Cooling- 1 train available                                                              _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                                _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_____        Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.
_____        Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are av ailable with one in service.
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 16:     SFP makeup borated water source- 1 source available                                         _______ SAT Remarks: None                                                                               _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_______ SAT
_____       Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 16:   SFP makeup borated water source- 1 source available Remarks: None  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.  
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
 
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  
11 of 16
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
12 of 16   STEP 17:  Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete
 
STANDARD:
_____ Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:  At least one containment air recirculation fan must be restored. NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:
None    COMMENTS:
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT


STEP 17:  Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete                              _______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_____    Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:
At least one containment air recirculation fan must be restored.
NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:
STOP TIME:
STOP TIME:
12 of 16


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
 
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
13 of 16  Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom. Determine if current plant c onditions support fuel movement..  
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial c onditions of the task to be performed and w ill provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator w hen you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.  
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
 
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.  
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
 
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.  
 
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.  
 
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5'.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is cu rrently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
Line 696: Line 600:
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.  
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
 
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow.
13 of 16
If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  
 
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)


Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.  
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
 
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.  
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
 
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Initiating Cues
 
It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.  
 
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.  
 
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5'.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is cu rrently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.
Line 724: Line 620:
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout  
o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
 
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.  
 
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow.
If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  
 
DOMINION Surry Po w er Station (Pag e 1 of 2) Attachment 8 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Re visio n 37 Page 28 of 32 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS Refueling Co ntainm ent I ntegrit y se t As Required 3.1OAl l AW I-OP-FH-OOI Radiation Mo ni to r s: 3.1O.A.3 I f the Co ntainment A ir
* Man i pu l ator C rane 1 ope rable 3.1O.B.1 Recirculation fan s are n o t
* Co ntainment Ga seo u s 1 operab le llmnillg then re fer to
* Co ntainment P aI1icu lat e 1 ope rable Tech Spec 3.1 0 for ac ti o n s.
* S FP Brid g e 1 ope rable
* Vent-V ent Ga s eou s 1 ope rable
* Ven t-Ve nt P ar t icu l ate 1 ope rable Source Range D e t ec t ors (audib le 2 ope rable 3.1OA2 indi c ation in C T M T mu s t be ve ri fied ope rable) C avit y l evel> 23 feet 23 feet 3.1OA6 V P A P-2805 , s hou l d be m a int ai n ed a s hi g h as po ss ibl e. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cav it y RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:
* C avit y Le v el> 23 feet 1 ope rable 3.1OA4
* Cav it y Le v el < 23 fe e t 2 ope rable 3.1OA5 Di rec t co mmuni ca ti o n between the Ye s 3.1OA8 '\T hen cha n g in g core Co ntrol R oo m and Man ipulator Crane g eomet r y R CS B o ron co n cen trati on 2350 PP M CY-AP-R CS mu s t be s amp l ed a t leas t (Ad min lim it) PRJ-IOO once evelY 24 hour s if th e head i s unbolted (No t required if defueled and c avit y i s drained bel ow flan ge l eve l. (Ref 2.3.1 5) R HR Temperature
::::;140 o f 1.0.C.l R e actor s hutdown g r eate r tha n 10 0 10 0 hour s 3.1OA9 F or m ovemen t of inadi ated hour s fuel DOMINION Surry Po w er Station (Page 1 of 2) Attachment 8 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Revision 37 Page 28 of 32 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS Refu e lin g Con tainm ent Int eg rit y set As Requir ed 3.1OAI l AW I-OP-FH-OOI Radiati on Mon i to r s: 3.1O.A.3 I f the Co ntaimuent A ir
* Manipulator Crane 1 op erable 3.1O.B.l Recirculation fan s are n o t
* Contai nment Gaseou s 1 ope rable llmuill g then ref e r to
* C ontainment P aI1 i cu l ate 1 ope rable Te c h Spec 3.10 for ac ti o n s.
* S FP Br i d ge 1 ope rable
* Vent-Ve nt Gaseous I ope r ab l e
* Ve nt-Ve nt P ar t ic ulate I opera ble So ur ce Range D e t ec t ors (audible 2 op erable 3.1OA2 indi ca ti on in C TMT mu s t be ver ifi ed operable)
Cav it y l evel> 23 feet 23 feet 3.1OA6 V P A P-2805 , s h ou ld be maint ai n ed as hi g h as po ss i b l e. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cav it y RHR pump a nd He at Exchanger:
* Cav it y Le v el> 23 feet I ope r ab l e 3.1OA4
* Cav it y L evel < 23 fe et 2 opera ble 3.1OA5 Dire c t cO llulluni ca tion between th e Yes 3.1OA8 '\Then cha n g in g core Contro l Ro o m and Man ipulat or Crane geo m e ll y R CS B oron concen trati on 2350 PP M CY-AP-R CS mu s t be sa mple d at least (Ad min li mit) PRJ-IOO once evelY 24 hour s if th e head i s unb o lt ed (No t requir ed if defueled and cav i ty i s drained bel ow flan ge l eve l. (Ref 2.3.1 5) RHR Temp era hlre O F 1.0.C.l R eact.or s hutdown g r eate r tha n 100 100 hour s 3.1OA9 F or m ove m e nt of irra d i ated hour s fuel DOMINION Surr y Po w er Station (Page 2 of 2) Attachment 8 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Revision 37 Page 29 of 32 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS C ontrol Room Air B o ttle s 2 3.1 9 3.IOA I 2 3.10.8.5 C ontrol Room and Rela y R oo m 2 Tr a in s 3.IOA I I Em e r gency Vent ilati o ll 3.10.B.4 C ontrol Room Chiller s 3 3.10.13 Operable l AW power s uppl y requirement s ofTS 3.23 MCRlES GR A H U 8 3.10.1 4 120 Vo lt Vi ta l Bu ses 2 As a minimulll two 120 VAC V ital Bu ses s hall be ene r g iz e d from th e inveI1ers c Ollne c ted to the respec ti ve DC Bu ses S FP Coo lin g 1 train (*) V P A P-2805 available S FP makeup borated w ater so ur ce 1 s ource (*) V P A P-2805 available
(*) If equipment requ irements a re n o t met. then t he S TA i n volved in t he revie w of ou t age sc h edul e s will coordi na te develop men t o f co ntingency pl a n s l AW V PAP-2 805. DOMINION Surry Po w er Station (Page 2 of 2) Attachment 8 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Revis i on 37 Page 29 of 32 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS Con trol Room Air B o ttle s 2 3.19 3.l0.A.12 3.10.8.5 Con trol Room and Relay Ro o m 2 Train s 3.IO.A.II Emergen cy Vent ilation 3.10.8.4 C ontrol Room Chiller s 3 3.10.13 Operable l AW power s uppl y requirement s afTS 3.23 MCRlESGR A H U 8 3.10.14 120 Volt V ital Bu ses 2 As a minimulll two 120 \lAC V ital Bu ses s hall be energized from the inveI1ers c Ollne c ted to the re s pective DC Buse s SFP Cooling 1 train (*) V PAP-2805 available SFP makeup borated wa ter s ource 1 s ource (*) V PAP-2805 avai l able (*) If equipment requirement s a re n ot met. {hen the S TA inv o l ve d in the review of outage sc he d ule s will coordinate development of contingency pl a n s l AW V PAP-2 8 0 5.
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 1 of 13 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station
 
SR09301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.2.37
 
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________


Examiner_______________________________
DOMINION                                                                                            1-0SP-ZZ-004 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revisio n 37 Revision Page 28 of 32 (Page 1 of 2)
Attachment 8 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT                      MIN REQ        D      N    TECH              REMARKS SPECS Refueling Containment Integrity set    As Required                    3.1OAl 3.1OAI    lAW I-OP-FH-OOI Radiation Monitors:                                                  3.1O.A.3  If the Contaimuent Containment A ir
* Manipulator Crane                    1 operable                    3.1O.
3.1O.B.
B.l1 Recirculation fan s are not
* Containment Gaseous Ga seou s              1 operable operab le                          llmnillg llmuillg then refer to
* Containment PaI1iculate              1 operable                              Tech Spec 3. 10 for actions.
3.10
* SFP Bri Bridge dge                          1 operable
* Vent-Vent Vent-V ent Gaseous Ga seous                  1I operab operable le
* Vent-Vent Particulate                1I operable Source Range Detectors (audible        2 operable                    3.1OA2 indication indica tion in CTMT CTM T must be verified operable)
Cavity level > 23 feet                  23 feet                        3.1OA6    VPA P- 2805 , should be maintained m aintained as high as possible.
possib le. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:
* Cav Cavity ity Level > 23 feet              1I operab operable le                3.1OA4
* Cavity Level < 23 fe et              2 operable                    3.1OA5 Direct communi cOllullunication cation between the  Ye s Yes                            3.1OA8    '\Then cha nging core Control Room and Manipulator Crane                                                geometry geomelly RCS Boron concentration                ~ 2350 PPM                    CY-AP-    RCS must be sampled at least (Admin limit)                  PRJ-IOO    once evelY 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3. 15)
RHR Temperahlre Temperature                      ::::;
                                        ~140 140 O ofF                  1.0.C.l 1.0.C. l React.or Reactor shutdown gr    eater than 100 greater            100 hours                    3.1OA9    For m ovement of inadiated irrad iated hours                                                                            fuel


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________
DOMINION                                                                                                  1-0SP-ZZ-004 Surry Power Pow er Station                                                                                        Revis Revision ion 37 Page 29 of 32 (Page 2 of 2)
Attachment 8 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT                      MIN REQ        D    N        TECH                REMARKS SPECS Control Room Air Bottles                      2                            3. 19 3.19 3.l0.A. 12 3.IOA    I2
: 3. 10.8. 5 Control Room and Relay Room                  2 Trains                    3.IO.A. II 3.IOA    II Emergency Ventilation Ventilatioll                                                  3.10.8.4 3.10.B.4 Control Room Chillers                        3                            3. 10.13 3.10.13      Operable lAW power supply requirements afTS ofTS 3.23 MCRlESGR AHU                                  8                            3.10.14 3.10.1 4 120 Volt Vo lt V ital Buses Vital                              2                                        As a minimulll two 120 \lAC VAC Vital Buses shall be energized from the inveI1ers cOllnected to the re spective DC Buses respective SFP Cooling                                  1 train                                  (*) VPAP-2805 available SFP makeup borated water source              1 source                                  (*) VPAP-2805 available
(*)  If equipment requirements are not met. {then hen the STA involved in the review of outage schedules will coordinate development of contingency plans lAW VPAP-2805.


Surry                                                2009-301                        Determine Chiller Operability U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.2.37 Applicant________________________________                              Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________                              Stop Time___________________
Title Respond to a main control room chiller failure in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.
Title Respond to a main control room chiller failure in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.
K/A: G2.2.37- Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. (3.6/4.6)  
K/A: G2.2.37- Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. (3.6/4.6)
 
Applicability                                         Estimated Time                 Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)                                         30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Applicability     Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)     30 Minutes                        
Control room chiller, 1-VS-E-4D tripped while in a dual chiller configuration. 1-VS-E-4C is currently the only running chiller.
 
Standards Determine that an operable combination of chillers exist following loss of a chiller, and determine recovery actions to include that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service on A chilled water loop.
Conditions
Initiating Cues Shift Manager direction Terminating Cues 0-OP-VS-006 section 5.31 complete.
 
Procedures 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.
Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Control room chiller, 1-VS-E-4D tripped while in a dual chiller configuration. 1-VS-E-4C is currently the only running chiller.  
Tools and Equipment                                   Safety Considerations None                                                     None 1 of 13
 
Standards Determine that an operable combination of chillers ex ist following loss of a chiller, and determine recovery actions to include that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service on "A" ch illed water loop.  
 
Initiating Cues
 
Shift Manager direction  
 
Terminating Cues 0-OP-VS-006 section 5.31 complete.  
 
Procedures
 
0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.  
 
Tools and Equipment     Safety Considerations
 
None       None Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 2 of 13 Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.
 
Dual chiller operations are in effect.
 
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indica ted by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.
 
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/
combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions s hall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.
 
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.


Surry                                                    2009-301                          Determine Chiller Operability Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.
Dual chiller operations are in effect.
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller Status Power Alignment  
Chiller           Status         Power Alignment o   1-VS-E-4A         Secured         1J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4B         Tagged Out     Tagged Out o   1-VS-E-4C         In service     2H o   1-VS-E-4D         Tripped         2J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4E         Secured         1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.
 
Terminating Cues Determination that an operable combination exists and that power supply modifications are NOT required, and that 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A must be started on the A loop.
o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.
Terminating Cues
 
Determination that an operable combination exists and that power supply modifications are NOT required, and that 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A mu st be started on the "A" loop.
Tools and Equipment 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.
Tools and Equipment 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.
Safety Considerations
Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 13
 
None   Notes  
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 3 of 13 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bol ded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP. START TIME:
STEP 1:  Reviews initial conditions and precautions and limitation of 0-OP-VS-006.


STANDARD:
Surry                                                    2009-301                          Determine Chiller Operability PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP.
_____ Reviews all procedure initial conditions and precautions and limitations.
START TIME:
STEP 1:      Reviews initial conditions and precautions and limitation of 0-OP-VS-006.              _______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_____   Reviews all procedure initial conditions and precautions and limitations.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 2:     Based on table of contents, goes to section 5.31- Required Actions for Inoperability of _______ SAT 1-VS-E-4D
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
 
_____       Proceeds to section 5.31 in 0-OP-VS-006.
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 2:   Based on table of contents, goes to section 5.31- Required Acti ons for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Proceeds to section 5.31 in 0-OP-VS-006.  
 
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
3 of 13
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 4 of 13   STEP 3:  Note prior to step 5.31.1
 
NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.


Surry                                                      2009-301                          Determine Chiller Operability STEP 3:    Note prior to step 5.31.1                                                                  _______ SAT NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term            _______ UNSAT inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Identifies that failure of 1-VS-E-4D is not of a short term nature.  
_____     Identifies that failure of 1-VS-E-4D is not of a short term nature.
 
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None   COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 4:   Step 5.31.1         WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR                   _______ SAT 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A. _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_______ SAT
_____     Determines that 1-VS-E-4D is inoperable and proceeds to table.
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 4:   Step 5.31.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A. STANDARD:
_____ Determines that 1-VS-E-4D is inoperable and proceeds to table.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None   COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
4 of 13
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT


Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 5 of 13  STEP 5:   Table Actions - A  
Surry                                                     2009-301                           Determine Chiller Operability STEP 5:   Table Actions - A                                                                             _______ SAT A.       IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller         _______ UNSAT operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.
 
A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is ope rating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Determines that single chille r operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service. EVALUATOR NOTES:
_____     Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.
None COMMENTS:  
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
None COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
STEP 6:   Table Actions - B                                                                             _______ SAT B.       IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller         _______ UNSAT operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 6:   Table Actions - B  
 
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller opera tion on Loop C is not in effect.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Determines that single chille r operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service. EVALUATOR NOTES:
_____     Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.
None   COMMENTS:  
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
None COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
5 of 13
 
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 6 of 13   STEP 7:  Table Actions - C
 
C. IF two chiller operation is in eff ect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.


Surry                                                      2009-301                            Determine Chiller Operability STEP 7:      Table Actions - C                                                                            _______ SAT C.      IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop    _______ UNSAT A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Determines that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4 E must be placed in service - this is a critical step.
_____       Determines that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service - this is a critical step.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Report that another operator will assume responsibility to start either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E as directed.
If asked: Report that another operator will assume responsibility to start either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E as directed.
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 8:     Table Actions - D                                                                             _______ SAT D.       IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35,     _______ UNSAT or 5.38. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 8:   Table Actions - D  
 
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38. Otherwise, enter N/A.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Determines that single chille r operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service. EVALUATOR NOTES:
_____       Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.
None   COMMENTS:  
EVALUATOR NOTES:
 
None COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
6 of 13
 
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 7 of 13   STEP 9:  Table Actions - E


E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Surry                                                    2009-301                          Determine Chiller Operability STEP 9:    Table Actions - E                                                                        _______ SAT E.         Perform the following using Attachment 1.                                     _______ UNSAT Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller D inoperable. (Check One)
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller D inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________ NO ____________.
YES ____________ NO ____________.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Completes attachment 1 table 3 as follows:
_____     Completes attachment 1 table 3 as follows:
TABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS 1H 1J 2J 2H Operable Chillers 4E 4A Norm 4A Alt 4C _____ Determines, based on Table 4, that an operable configuration (Combination 3) exists   this is a critical step:
TABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS                 1H             1J           2J           2H Operable Chillers           4E         4A Norm       4A Alt         4C
_____     Determines, based on Table 4, that an operable configuration (Combination 3) exists this is a critical step:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None   COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
7 of 13
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 8 of 13   STEP 10:  Table Actions - F


F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN make any required log entr ies, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission before continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Surry                                                    2009-301                            Determine Chiller Operability STEP 10:    Table Actions - F                                                                        _______ SAT F.       IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN       _______ UNSAT make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____ Determines that an operable configuration exists and enters 'N/A' for this step.
_____       Determines that an operable configuration exists and enters N/A for this step.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None   COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 11:   Table Actions - G                                                                         _______ SAT G.       Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15.                       _______ UNSAT STANDARD:
_______ SAT
_____       Informs operator, or shift manager, that section 5.15 must be performed.
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 11:   Table Actions - G  
 
G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15.  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Informs operator, or shift manager, that section 5.15 must be performed.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Evaluator cue: Inform trainee that another operator will assume responsibility to complete section 5.15.
Evaluator cue: Inform trainee that another operator will assume responsibility to complete section 5.15.
COMMENTS:  
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 12:   5.31.2   IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal               _______ SAT from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
 
_____       Determines, from shift manager, if chiller is to be tagged out.
_______ UNSAT
 
STEP 12:   5.31.2 IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.  
 
STANDARD:
_____ Determines, from shift manager, if chiller is to be tagged out.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
8 of 13
_______ SAT


_______ UNSAT
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 9 of 13


Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 9 of 13 Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 10 of 13  STEP 13:   Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete  
Surry                                               2009-301                       Determine Chiller Operability STEP 13: Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete                                     _______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT STANDARD:
STANDARD:
_____     Reports that 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service- this is a critical step.
_____ Reports that 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service- this is a critical step. _____ Reports that an operable configuration exists in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006-this is a critical step.
_____     Reports that an operable configuration exists in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006-this is a critical step.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
None   COMMENTS:  
None COMMENTS:
 
_______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT
 
STOP TIME:
STOP TIME:
10 of 13


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                     2009-301                         Determine Chiller Operability Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
 
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Determine chiller operability following failure of 1-VS-E-4D.
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 11 of 13  Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom. Determine chiller operability fo llowing failure of 1-VS-E-4D.  
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial c onditions of the task to be performed and w ill provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator w hen you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.  
1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.
 
Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.
Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.  
Dual chiller operations are in effect.
 
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.
Dual chiller operations are in effect.  
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.
 
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indica ted by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.  
 
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/
combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions s hall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.  
 
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.  
 
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller Status Power Alignment  
Chiller           Status           Power Alignment o   1-VS-E-4A         Secured           1J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4B         Tagged Out       Tagged Out o   1-VS-E-4C         In service       2H o   1-VS-E-4D         Tripped           2J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4E         Secured           1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.
 
11 of 13
o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.  
 
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)


Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.
1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.
Initiating Cues
Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.
 
Dual chiller operations are in effect.
I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.  
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.
 
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.
Dual chiller operations are in effect.  
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.
 
The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indica ted by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.  
 
You are to determine whether an operable configuration/
combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions s hall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.  
 
When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.  
 
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller configuration is as follows:
Chiller Status Power Alignment  
Chiller           Status           Power Alignment o   1-VS-E-4A         Secured         1J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4B         Tagged Out       Tagged Out o   1-VS-E-4C         In service       2H o   1-VS-E-4D         Tripped         2J (Norm) o   1-VS-E-4E         Secured         1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.
 
o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.  


Candidate Response Area:
Candidate Response Area:
Operable configuration/combination (circle one):  
Operable configuration/combination (circle one):
 
EXISTS                 DOES NOT EXIST Explain basis for answer above:
EXISTS         DOES NOT EXIST  
Explain recovery actions to include any required chiller manipulations, if any.
 
Explain basis for answer above:  
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
Explain recovery actions to include any required chiller manipulations, if any.  


__________________________________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                  2009-301        RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.3.7 Applicant________________________________                                Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________                                Stop Time___________________
Title Determine the applicability of a RWP for a specific job and determine which personnel may be assigned the task based on personal qualifications and dose limitations.
K/A: G2.3.7 Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions. (3.5/3.6)
Applicability                                            Estimated Time                  Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)                                            15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heater) has developed external leakage and requires isolation and tagging to minimize contamination.
Standards Correctly calculate dose received to perform a task when given survey maps and equipment location, then determine eligibility of individuals to perform a task in the aux building, considering qualifications and current received dose, and then determine that work cannot be performed with current RWP.
Initiating Cues Shift Manager direction Terminating Cues RWP compliance and personnel selection complete.
Procedures VPAP-2101 - Radiation Protection Program Tools and Equipment                                      Safety Considerations G2.3.7                                          SR09301                                                        1 of 12


_
Surry                                                 2009-301      RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment None                                                     None Initiating Cues- Task 1 Task 1:     Assume the following Initial Conditions:
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment G2.3.7 SR09301  1 of 12  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station
 
SR09301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.3.7
 
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
 
Examiner_______________________________
 
Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________
 
Title Determine the applicability of a RWP for a specific job and determine which personnel may be assigned the task based on personal qualificati ons and dose limitations. 
 
K/A: G2.3.7 Ability to comply with radiation wo rk permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions. (3.5/3.6)
Applicability     Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)    15 Minutes                       
 
Conditions
 
Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. 1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heater) has developed external leakage and requires isolation and tagging to minimize contamination.
 
Standards Correctly calculate dose received to perform a ta sk when given survey maps and equipment location, then determine eligibility of individuals to perform a task in the aux building, consideri ng qualifications and current received dose, and then determine that work cannot be performed with current RWP.
 
Initiating Cues
 
Shift Manager direction
 
Terminating Cues RWP compliance and personnel selection complete.
 
Procedures
 
VPAP-2101 - Radiation Protection Program Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations
 
Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment G2.3.7 SR09301  2 of 12  None       None Initiating Cues- Task 1 Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.
This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchanger.  
This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchanger.
All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.
Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.
You are to determine:
1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.
300mr (dose rate in area) X 22 min (time for task completion)  X          1 hour hour                                                          60 minutes ANSWER- 110 mr G2.3.7                                        SR09301                                                      2 of 12


All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.
Surry                                                   2009-301         RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Initiating Cues- Task 2 Task 2:       Given the following set of operators:
 
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4;           Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6;           Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7;           Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1)   Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area. 
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.
 
Standard:
You are to determine:
Bolded & underlined text items are CRITICAL STEPS.
 
Operator #1: CANNOT be assigned the task. The Operator is not qualified on that Watchstation. The Operator must have completed step 5 in order to perform tasks in the Auxiliary Building.
1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.
Operator #2: CANNOT be assigned the task. Either of the two responses are acceptable:
 
: 1. The Operator is excluded from the RCA due to being >85% of the Quarterly Administrative Dose Limit of 2 rem/year (or greater than 1700 mrem). VPAP 2101, Section 6.3.4, states - If a workers annual dose exceeds 85% of an administrative dose limit, the worker will be denied RCA access until an upgrade is approved.
300mr (dose rate in area)  X  22 min (time for task completion) X 1 hour hour        60 minutes
: 2. Operator would exceed admin limits (2.0 Rem/Yr). If task were performed, the additional 110 mr would put the operator over the 2.0 rem admin limit.
 
Operator #3: CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.
ANSWER- 110 mr
Operator #4: CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.
 
EVALUATORS NOTES G2.3.7                                         SR09301                                                     3 of 12
Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment G2.3.7 SR09301  3 of 12 Initiating Cues- Task 2 Task 2: Given the following set of operators:  
 
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1) Assess each individual to determine wh ich individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized. Standard:     Bolded & underlined text items are CRITICAL STEPS.
 
Operator #1:
CANNOT be assigned the task. The Operator is not qualified on that Watchstation. The Operator must have completed step 5 in order to per form tasks in the Auxiliary Building.
Operator #2:
CANNOT be assigned the task.
Either of the two responses are acceptable
: 1. The Operator is excluded from the RCA due to being >85% of the Quarterly Administrative Dose Limit of 2 rem/year (or greater than 1700 mrem).
VPAP 2101, Section 6.3.4, states - "If a worker's annual dose exceeds 85% of an administrative dose limit, t he worker will be denied RCA access until an upgrade is approved. 2. Operator would exceed admin limits (2.0 Rem/Yr). If task were performed, the additional 110 mr would put the operator over the 2.0 rem admin limit.
Operator #3:
CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.
Operator #4:
CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.  
 
EVALUATOR'S NOTES  
 
____________________________________________________________________________________________
_  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
____________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment G2.3.7 SR09301 4 of 12 Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.


Surry                                            2009-301      RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Task 3:  Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.
This task CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2.
This task CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2.
Expected dose to be received, 110 mr , is above the RWP limit of 100 mr.      
Expected dose to be received, 110 mr, is above the RWP limit of 100 mr.
 
STOP TIME:
STOP TIME:
NOTES:
G2.3.7                                    SR09301                                                    4 of 12


NOTES:  
Surry                                                  2009-301          RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task 1:     Assume the following Initial Conditions:
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.
This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.
All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.
Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.
You are to determine:
1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.
Task 2:      Given the following set of operators:
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4;          Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6;          Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7;          Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1)  Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.
Task 3:      Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.
G2.3.7                                        SR09301                                                    5 of 12


____________________________________________________________________________________________
CANDIDATE COPY Task 1:      Assume the following Initial Conditions:
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.
This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.
All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.
Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.
You are to determine:
1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.
Answer- _______ mr for this task


_  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
CANDIDATE COPY Task 2:   Given the following set of operators:
 
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4;           Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6;           Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7;           Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1)   Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
_
 
____________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
____________________________________________________________________________________________
_  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
 
____________________________________________________________________________________________
 
_
Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment G2.3.7 SR09301  5 of 12  Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
 
Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak. This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.
 
All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.
 
Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area. 
 
You are to determine:
 
1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.
 
Task 2: Given the following set of operators:
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1) Assess each individual to determine wh ich individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.
Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.  
Operator #1 -  Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).
Justification-    ____________________________________________________________________
Operator #2 -  Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).
Justification-    ____________________________________________________________________
Operator #3 -  Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).
Justification-   ____________________________________________________________________
Operator #4 -   Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).
Justification-    ____________________________________________________________________


CANDIDATE COPY Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:
Task 3:       Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.
1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak. This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.  
This task CAN / CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2.
Circle One Justification:


All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.  
TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT              - NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION              RADIA TION AREA RA DI ATION WORK PERMIT 09                                            RADIATION                                            1003-2 09-0-1003-2                              PAG E I OF PAGE    OF22 VA V A LID  FROM LI D FROM          001-JAN-200900,00
                        '*JAN*2009 00,00        TO      31-DEC-200923:59 31*DEC-200923:59              RWP 09-1003-2 09*1003-2                REV_. NO REV            0 DOS DOSE  E RATE ALARM ALARM,,              ]000 1000        mrem/Hr rnrell1/Hr                            BUDGETED DOSE      DOSE 750              mrem DOS DOSE  E LIMIT ALARM ALARM,              ]00 100        mrem mrelll                            ALARA A LA R A EVEVALUA ALUATlON T10 N NO:NO:            09-002 09-002 JOB JOB LOCATIONS:
LOCATIONS :
ocp; NO CTMTS -  ONner Controlled Property excluding Unit 1 and Unit 2 Reactor Containments JOB JOB DESCRrPTlON:
DESCRIPTION :                  Task 2 : Station Operations Support in LHLHRAs.
RAs.
THE MAX MAXIMUM IM UM POSTED AREA THAT CA                  CAN  N BE ENTERED:
Locked High Radiation Areas RADIOLOG ICA L CO NDITIONS RADIOLOGICA                  NDITIONS::        'Indicates estim estimated ated value for RWP Preparation . See survey forms for details.
GENERAL AREA RADIATION  RADIATION LEVELS (Illrelll/hr):  (Illre lll/ hr):
See current RCA surveys.
CONTACT/HOT CONTACT/ HOT SPOT RADIATlON              T10 N LEVELS (mrelll/hr):(mre lll/ hr):
See current RCA surveys.
CONTAMINA CO NTAMINATION    T10 N LEVELS (dpmIlOOcIll2):
(dplllIlOOCIll2):
See current RCA surveys.
AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY (DAC):            (DAC):
    <0.1 REQUIRED JOB    JOB COV ERAGE:ERAG E:
Continuous Routine COV ERAG E COMMENTS:
CO MMENTS:
Continuous Co ntinuous Health Physics Ph ysics Coverage Cove rage is required for ALL entries ent ries into a Locked High Hi gh Radiation Radiati on Area not utilizing utili zing RMS RMS..
DOS IMETRY REQUIREMENTS:
DOSIMETRY        REQU IREMENTS:
DAD/SRD DAD/S  RD    TLD RESPIRATORY REQ              UIREMENTS::
REQUIREMENTS FFAP                    As required based on airborne concentrations concentrati ons and work activities.
Other                    As required based on airborne concentrations concentrati ons and work activities.
PAPH PAPH                                                        concentrati o ns and work acti As required based on airborne concentrations                  activities.
vities.
A RWP PRE-JOB BRIEFING IS REQUIRED:        REQU IRED:
BR IEFED BY AN HP TECHNICIAN AND SIGN ATIENDANCE ATTENDANCE SHEET.


Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.
TRAINING USE ONLY - NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION                                  RADIA TION AREA RADIATIO RADI ATION      N WORK PERMIT 09 1003-2                                          PAG E 220FOF 2 WORKER INSTR  IN STR UCTIONS:
UCTIONS :
I.          recei ving and DA D alarms, ensure equipment is left ill Upon receiving                                                          in a safe condition, le leave ave the area and report to the Health Physics offi office ce .
: 2. Notify HP-Ops prior to system ve ntin      nting.
g.
: 3. Notify HP-Ops prior        \0 entry into overhead areas.
: 4. Ensure En sure any liquids (i.e . oil.oi l, water) encountered duri during ng the job is contained and removed re moved per I-fP-Ops HP-Ops instructions.
: 5. Read and di  discuss sc uss the followin g during durin g the pre-job briefin g:
: 5. 1I      CR24062.
CR24062, Surry, " Improper val                    made during performance of 1-0 ve lineup Illade valve                                              P-CS-004.'*
1-0P-CS  -004 ."
HEA LTH PHYSICS PH YS ICS INSTRINSTRUCTI  UCTI ONS:
ONS:
I. Workers must stop work and leave the area if W          WHOLE HOLE BODY dose rates are detected in excess  exce ss of 5,000 5.000 rnretn/
rnrernlhr.
hr.
: 2.      time s will be based on dose rates in the work area .
Staytimes
: 3. Neutron Dose determination deterrninJtion is required for all all entries entrie s into areas posted "Neutron Exposure AreJ".
Area" . Estimate worker's worker' s neutron dose using C-  C-HP-IfP- 1I 031.023.
03 1.023, Neutron and Noble Gas Dose Estilllate Estimate Record.
Record.
: 4. Radiation surve surveyy is required prior to accessing overhead areas. Jreas.
5.
: 5. Radiation and co ntaminat ntamination ion surveys are required for contJlllinated contaminated system entries.
entrie s.
: 6. Evaluate initial initial systelll system entry smears for hot particles.


You are to determine:  
DOMINION                                                                                                                                          RP-AA-221 Revision Revi sion 0 Page 13 of 13 ATTACHMENT B (Pa elofl) elo!I)
Map Number        LocationlDescription Location/Description                                                                                                Reactor Power 384            PDT, Gas Stripper and liquid Waste Tank Room - Gate 11                                                  Unit(s)
Unit 1 100%          Unit 2 100%
Purpose :


1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.  
==Purpose:==
Type:
Type: Ra  Radd iation iat io n                  Contam ination                  Airr Sample Ai  Sam ple D  Routine  [8]
[Zl Spadal Special D  RWP                [Z]
[8J  Gamma      D    Beta DD NeUlron Neutron    D GA D LA D DRP                D GA D ws D sz Instrument Model              Serial #          All GA Smears < 1000 dpm/ 1l00em        OOem                            Air Sample Results _ _%DAC
                                                                                                                                                        % DAC E-130A E-130A                    152K      D      All GA Smears < 20 dpm/ l OOem' Alpha                              D    No DRP Detected - -
D      All LA Smears < 1000 dpm/ LAS                                      D Comments:
1------------1--------1                                          l-BR-E-lOA maintenance, to include Ops tagout work .. All dose rates in mRemlhr.
Support of l-BR-E-10A                                                                        mRemlhr.
Surveyed By (Print/Signature)
(PrintiSignature)                Date                    Time            Reviewed By (Print/Signature)
RP Techl Tech1                                    Toda                    0000            RP Tech2
                                                                                  ~)JJI-;rt-r---l+---
                                                                                  ~)!Ij      --;n--r---1f--- 215'
            ~
            ~'"
            ~.,
RA '" Radiation Area                              CA '" Contaminated Area                                  LDWA    '" Low Dose Waiting Area HRA ='" High Radiation Area                        RCA", Radiological Control Area                          HPA =", Hot Particle Area LHRA '" Locked High Radiation Area                ARA ='" Airborne Radioactivity Area                      NEA  '"
NEA"'"  Neutron Exposure ExPOsure Area VHRA =  ", Va Hi h Radiation Area                  RMA =  '" Radioactive Material s) s Area                DRP",
DRP =    Discrete Radioactive Particle Parti de CD =Smear Q)  = Srnear Location Loca tion          = A/S AlS Location  !t....=
                                                  !l.... GJA Dose Rate          ~
                                                                                    # * == Contact Dose Rate          )(  )(    )(  _ Radiological Boundary


Answer- _______ mr for this task CANDIDATE COPY Task 2: Given the following set of operators:
RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION VALVE LOCATOR MAP ALARA VAL1'ELOCATORMAP GATE GA TE 11 PDT AND GAS STRIPPER ROOM Buildin 2 ' Elellation Aux. BlIildin      Elevation
Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem  Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem  Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem  Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1)  Assess each individual to determine wh ich individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.
: 1. 1-BR-TCV-103B I-BR-TCV-103B 17.1-BR-P-7B
Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.
: 17. 1-BR-P-7B    33.1-LW-345 33.1-LW-34S                  49.1-AS-10S 49.1-AS-IOS
Operator #1 - Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem
: 2. 1-AV-PCV-1S0B l-AV-PCV-150B IS. 1-BR-I0 1-BR-10      34.1-LW-32                  SO.1-BR-14 50.1-BR-14
: 3. 1-AS-77        19. 1-BR-26 I-BR-26      3S.1-LW-31 35.1-LW-31                      Valves Not Shown
: 4. 1-AS-174 l-AS-174      20. 1-BR-25 1-BR-2S      36.1-LW-47                  1-CC-497        1-CC-S07 l-CC-497 l-CC-507
: 5. 1-AV-PCV-1S0A l-AV-PCV-150A 21. 1-BR-39      37. Not Labeled              1-CC-49S l-CC-49S        1-CC-SOS l-CC-50S
: 6. 1-AS-176      22. 1-BR-E-6A I-BR-&#xa3;-6A    3S. Not Labeled              1-CC-499 l-CC-499        l-CC-509 1-CC-S09
: 7. 1-AS-79        23. 1-BR-E-6B I-BR-&#xa3;-6B    39.1-LW-TK-2A                l-CC-500 1-CC-SOO        1-CC-S10 l-CC-510 S. 1-BR-TVC-103A 24.1-BR-&#xa3;-12
: 24. 1-BR-E-12    40.1-LW-29                  1-CC-S01 1-CC-501        1-AS-104 l-AS-I04
: 9. 1-AS-SO        2S.
: 25. 1-BR-1S I-BR-15      41. 1-BR-16 I-BR-16                  1-CC-S02 l-CC-502        1-AS-176 l-AS-176
: 10. 1-BR-P-7 A 10.1-BR-P-7A      26. 1-BR-ll I-BR-11      42.1-BR-305                  1-CC-S03 l-CC-503        1-AS-177 l-AS-l77 11.1-BR-S
: 11. 1-BR-S        27. 1-BR-PCV-131 43.1-BR-E-10B 43.1-BR-&#xa3;-10B                1-CC-S04 l-CC-504        1-AS-1S0 l-AS-1S0 12.1-BR-7        2S. 1-BR-12      44.1-BR-E-lOA 44.1-BR-&#xa3;-10A                1-CC-S05 l-CC-505 1-LW-46l-LW-46 13.1-BR-S-7A      29. 1-BR-13      45.1-AS-102 45.1-AS-I02                  1-CC-S06 l-LW-40 l-CC-506        1-LW-40 14.1-BR-3        30. 1-BR-47 I-BR-47      46.1-AS-105 46.1-AS-I05 1-LW-HCV-109B l-LW-HCV-109B
: 15. 1-BR-S-7B    31. 1-LW-TK-2B l-LW-TK-2B    47.1-AS-107 47.1-AS-I07 16.1-BR-4         32. 1-LW-HCV-109A l-LW-HCV-I09A 4S.1-AS-106 4S.1-AS-I06 F                  Y Revision N umber 1 - Revision Date 05.28.06 Number


CAN  / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).  
Surry                                                2009-301                  Determine Classification and PAR U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41 Applicant________________________________                            Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________                              Stop Time___________________
Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)
Applicability                                        Est Completion Time            Actual Time SRO ONLY                                              20 Minutes (Portions **TC**)            ___________
Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.
Initiating Cues Significant event notification.
EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.
Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.
Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations.
Tools and Equipment                                  Safety Considerations None                                                    None G2.4.41                                      SR09301                                                      1 of 17


Justification-   ____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                  2009-301                    Determine Classification and PAR Performance Checklist MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!
Directions to the Operator.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
          #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Notes to the Evaluator.
Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),
then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.
Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.
START TIME:
G2.4.41                                        SR09301                                                        2 of 17


____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                2009-301                  Determine Classification and PAR Evaluators note- candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL          _______ SAT tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.
Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination          _______ UNSAT method.
: 1.      Caution and Note prior to step 1.
CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
NOTE:      The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.
Standards (a)    Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                      SR09301                                                    3 of 17


Operator #2 - Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem
Surry                                              2009-301                  Determine Classification and PAR
: 2. STEP 1.                                                                            _______ SAT 1  EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:                                              _______ UNSAT a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:
Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F)
Cold Conditions (RCS 200 &deg;F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a)    Refers to the HOT chart (b)    Determines event category to be Loss of Power.
(c)    Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d)    DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.
(e)    Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments                        STOP TIME:      ___________
TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes G2.4.41                                    SR09301                                                      4 of 17


CAN  / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).  
Surry                                            2009-301                Determine Classification and PAR
: 3. Step 2 -      RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND              _______ SAT SM/SEM NAME
_______ UNSAT Standards (a)      Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J- This is a critical step.
(b)      Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY- This is a critical step.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments                      STOP TIME:  ___________
TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes
: 4. Step 3 -      ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:                            _______ SAT Station Emergency Manager position                              _______ UNSAT Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a)     Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                  SR09301                                                  5 of 17


Justification-   ____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                  2009-301                Determine Classification and PAR Directions to the Operator.
EVALUATOR:            Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.
HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Notes to the Evaluator.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:
This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.
START TIME:
: 4.      Step 1 - INITIATE PROCEDURE.                                                    _______ SAT Standards                                                                      _______ UNSAT Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.
Evaluator's Comments
: 5.      Step 2-      USE ATTACHMENT 2, PROTECTIVE ACTION                              _______ SAT RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR
_______ UNSAT Standards (a)    Goes to Attachment 2.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                        SR09301                                                    6 of 17


____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                2009-301                    Determine Classification and PAR
: 6. Attachment 2 - Step 1-                                                                _______ SAT Start with the first statement at top, left side of table below (Refer to Attachment  _______ UNSAT 6, REFERENCE INFORMATION (SPS), for additional information as needed).
Standards
        - Chooses the top left column as starting point.
Evaluator's Comments
: 7. Attachment 2 - Step 2-                                                                _______ SAT Go to the COL # that provides the response to this statement (YES or NO).            _______ UNSAT Standards
        - Determines that first response if NO and moves to NO box on line 1, column 2.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                    SR09301                                                        7 of 17


Operator #3 - Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem
Surry                                            2009-301                  Determine Classification and PAR
: 8. Attachment 2 - Step 3-
_______ SAT IF no other responses are required in that column, THEN use the PAR at the bottom of the column.                                                          _______ UNSAT IF another response is required in that column, THEN go to next statement at left side of table below AND RETURN TO Step 2 of this attachment.
Standards Determines that PAR B is required- This is a critical step.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                SR09301                                                      8 of 17


CAN  / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).  
Surry                                                  2009-301                    Determine Classification and PAR Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 2 items complete)                                                                                       _______ SAT
: 9.       Notes prior to step 3-                                                              _______ UNSAT ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments. If more than four PARs are developed, consult with Emergency Plan Advisor for direction.
ATTACHMENT 5, DOWNWIND SECTOR TABLE, may be referenced to determine wind direction compass point and affected downwind sectors.
Standards
              - Acknowledges notes CUES
            - None Evaluator's Comments
: 10.      Step 3-                                                                            _______ SAT IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:                                    _______ UNSAT a) Record time wind data acquired b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point c) Record average wind direction to, in degrees and compass point d) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,
pen, pencil, highlighter, etc.)
e) GO TO Step 5 Standards
              -    Completes attachment 4 as follows:
At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S) into 0&deg; (N) at 17 mph.
            - Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B CUES
            - If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                          SR09301                                                      9 of 17


Justification____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                            2009-301                    Determine Classification and PAR
: 11. Step 5- COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION                                  _______ SAT RECOMMENDATION FORM:
_______ UNSAT a) Fill in Item 1 Protective Action Recommendation:
: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
: 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
: 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Sign and date form Standards
          -  Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B - this is a critical step.
          Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.
Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                  SR09301                                                      10 of 17


____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                            2009-301              Determine Classification and PAR
: 12. Step 6 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:                                                          _______ SAT
          -  State Emergency Operations Center notified IAW EPIP-2.01,              _______ UNSAT NOTIFICATION OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
          -  NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)
          -  NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)
Standards (a)      Directs State and Local EC- this is a critical step.
(b)      Directs NRC EC.
CUES Tell SRO:    State and Local EC will transmit PAR.
Tell SRO:    NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.
If asked:    HPN has not been requested yet.
Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.
Record Time: ______
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                  SR09301                                                  11 of 17


Operator #4 - Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem
Surry                                          2009-301                    Determine Classification and PAR
: 13. Step 7 -                                                                        _______ SAT HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-                      _______ UNSAT 4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]
Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.
CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.
Evaluator's Comments
: 14. Step 8 -                                                                        _______ SAT
_______ UNSAT Standards (a)      Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.
CUES If asked:      HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.
If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.
Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41                                  SR09301                                                    12 of 17


CAN  / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).  
Surry                                            2009-301                  Determine Classification and PAR
: 15. Step 9 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED                                            _______ SAT Standards                                                                        _______ UNSAT (a)    Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.
(b)    Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.
(c)     Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.
CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.
If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.
Evaluator's Comments                                  STOP TIME:
G2.4.41                                SR09301                                                      13 of 17


Justification____________________________________________________________________
Surry                                                                2009-301                              Determine Classification and PAR KEY I
NUMBER                                            ATIACHMENTTITLE ATTACHMENT        TITLE                                  ATIACHMENT ATTACHMENT EPIP-1.06 EPIP-1  .06                                                                                                        3 PROTECTIVE PROTECTI      VE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM REVIS ION REVISION                                                                                                          PAGE 8                                                                                                              1 all of 1
: 1.        PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION:
[ I SHELTER-iN-PLACE:
SHELTER-tN-PLACE:          _ _ Mile radius (360 " ) and _ _ Miles downwind in the following sectors: _ _  __  __ ___ __ _    _ __
[~ACUATE: '2                Mi le radius (360 ")
Mile                " ) and E-
                                                                          ..5..- Miles downwind in the following sectors sectors::
f(. A, B K.
(( ]I BEYOND 10 MILE EPZ: (Data obtained from Radiological Assessment Director (RAO) or Radiolog ical Assessment Coordinator (RAC)
[derived from EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES)) MEASURES!)
I Evacuate Area: _ _          Centerline Center  line in degrees; _ _Distance in Miles; _ _ Width in feet
[ I Shelter-in-place Shelter-in -place:: _
__   _ Centerli Centerlinene in degrees; degrees: _ _ Distance in Miles; _ _ Width in feet
[ 1 POTASSIUM          IOD IDE:
IODIDE:
Recommend implementation of Potassium Iodide (K                I) strategies for the genera (KI)                    generall public.
public. The projected dose at the site boundary is ~ 5 Rem Thyroid CDE .
: 2.      APPROVED BY: _        ----7" zZ/
                                                -.,,/      fa7;~
L"--c,-rV'---c<"'~'-""""~:::
                                                      ...sfa~e;g;nc)lMaflager S alian mtr'Qency Manager or    or ~I
                                                                                                    ;,,-1.
j.,j. V Dare J I      ndW Time Recovery Manager G2.4.41                                                  SR09301                                                                      14 of 17


____________________________________________________________________
Surry                            2009-301            Determine Classification and PAR Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS G2.4.41                    SR09301                                              15 of 17
Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.
This task CAN / CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2. Circle One


Justification:  
Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the MCR, the Simulator, or classroom.
Initiating Cues Significant event notification.
EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.
Directions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
          #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently locally tripped.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Record classification and EAL identifier:


__________________________________________________________________________________________
Licensed Operator Programs Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the MCR, simulator, or classroom.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Initiating Cues EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3.
Directions This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


_
PROCEDURE NO:
0-OP-VS-006 REVISION NO:
SURRY POWER STATION                                                              55 PROCEDURE TYPE:                                                                  UNIT NO:
OPERATING PROCEDURE                                                          1&2 PROCEDURE TITLE:
CONTROL ROOM AND RELAY ROOM VENTILATION SYSTEM REVISION


__________________________________________________________________________________________
==SUMMARY==
Revised in response to OP FB 09-0078
* Delete Subsections 5.46, 5.47, and 5.48 for backwashing strainers and move to new procedure 0-OSP-VS-011 COMMON PROCEDURE USED:                  Entirely        Partially        Note: If used partially, note reasons in remarks.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED:            NO              YES            Note: If YES, note problems in remarks.
REMARKS: ________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________ (Use back for additional remarks.)
SHIFT SUPERVISION:                                                                DATE:
CONTINUOUS USE


_
Dominion                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                      Revision 55 Page 2 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                  Page 1.0  PURPOSE                                                                    5


__________________________________________________________________________________________
==2.0    REFERENCES==
5 3.0  INITIAL CONDITIONS                                                          8 4.0  PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS                                                8 5.0  INSTRUCTIONS                                                              12 5.1    Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation                        12 5.2    Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System                      14 5.3    Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System                      16 5.4    Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service                          18 5.5    Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service                          21 5.6    Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service                          24 5.7    Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service                          27 5.8    Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        30 5.9    Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        36 5.10    Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        37 5.11    Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        42 5.12    Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        43 5.13    Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        48 5.14    Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        49 5.15    Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        54 5.16    Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        55 5.17    Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER                        60 5.18    Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A                                              61 5.19    Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop C                                              63


_
Dominion                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                 Revision 55 Page 3 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                            Page 5.20    Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate                    65 5.21    Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal                    66 5.22    Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate                    67 5.23    Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal                    68 5.24    Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service                              69 5.25    Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from Service                          71 5.26    Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service                              72 5.27    Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service                          73 5.28    Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4A                              74 5.29    Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4B                              76 5.30    Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4C                              78 5.31    Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D                              80 5.32    Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4E                              82 5.33    Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature Lockout                                          84 5.34    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                                        87 5.35    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                                        89 5.36    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A                                                         91 5.37   Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A                                                        96 5.38    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                                        98 5.39    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A                                                        100
TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIA TION AREA RA DI A TI ON W O RK PERMIT 09-0-1 003-2 P AGE I O F 2 VA LID FR O M 01-JAN-200900
, 00 T O 31-DEC-200923
: 59 RWP 09*1003-2 RE V_ N O 0 D OSE R A TE A L A R M, ]000 mr e m/Hr B U D G ETED D OS E 750 D OS E LIMIT A L A RM , ]00 mr e m A L A R A EV A LU A T1 0N N O: J OB L OCA TI O N S: ocp; NO C T M TS -ONner Controlled Property excluding U nit 1 and U nit 2 Reactor Containments J O B DE SC RrPTl O N: T ask 2: Station Operations Support in LH RAs. THE M AX IM UM P OS TED A RE A TH A T CA N BE ENTERED: L ocked H igh Radiation Areas R A DI O L OG I CA L CO NDITI O N S: 'I ndicates estimated value for RWP Preparat i on. See survey forms for details. G ENER A L A RE A R A DI A TI O N LE V EL S (Illr e lll/hr): See current RCA surveys. CO NT AC T/H O T S P OT R A DI A T1 0 N LE V EL S (mr e lll/hr): See current RCA surveys. CO NT A MIN A T1 0 N LE V EL S (dp m IlOOc Ill 2): See current RCA surveys. A IRB O RNE R A DI OAC TI V ITY (D AC): <0.1 RE Q UIRED J O B COV ER AG E: Continuous Routine COV ER AG E CO MMENT S: mr e m 09-00 2 Continuou s H ealth P hy s ic s Coverage i s required for A LL entrie s into a L ocked H igh Radiation Area not utilizin g RMS. D OS IMETRY RE QU IREMENT S: DAD/SRD TL D RE S PIR A T O RY REQ U IREMENT S: FFAP Other PAP H A s required based on airborne concentration s and work activitie s. A s required based on airborne concentration s and work activitie s. A s required based on airborne concentration s and work acti v itie s. A RWP PRE-JOB BRIEFIN G I S RE QU IRED: BR I EFED BY AN H P T EC H N I C I AN AND S I GN A TT ENDANCE S H EE T. TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION AREA RADIATION WORK PERMIT 09-0-1003-2 PAGE I OF2 V A LI D FROM 0 '*JAN*2009 00 , 00 TO 31*DEC-200923
: 59 RWP 09-1003-2 REV. NO 0 DOSE RATE ALARM , 1 000 rnr e ll1/Hr BUDGETED DOSE 750 DOSE LIMIT ALARM 10 0 mr e lll A L A R A EV ALUA TlON NO: JOB LO CA TIONS: ocp; NO C TMTS -ON ner Co ntrolled Pr operty excluding Unit 1 and Unit 2 Rea c tor Containments JOB DE SC RIPTION: T ask 2: S tation Operations S upport in LHRA s. THE MAXIMUM POSTED AREA THAT CAN BE ENTERED: L ocked Hi gh Radiation Areas RADIOLOGI CA L CO NDITIONS: 'I ndicates es tim ated va lue for RWP Pr eparat i on. See s urvey forms for details. GENERAL AREA RADIATION LEVEL S (Illr e lll/hr): See c urrent RCA s urvey s. CONTACT/HOT S POT RADIA TlON LEVEL S (mr e lll/hr): See current R C A s urvey s. CO NT A MINATION LEVELS (dplllIlOOCIll2
): See c urrent R C A s urveys. AIRBORNE RADIOA C TIVITY (DAC): <0.1 REQUIRED JOB COV ERAGE: Co ntinuous Routin e COV ER AG E CO MMENTS: mr e m 09-002 Co ntinu ous H ea lth Ph ys i cs Cove ra ge i s requ ir ed f o r A LL ent ri es int o a Lo cked Hi g h Radiati o n A r ea not utili z in g RMS. DOSIMETRY REQUIREMENT S: DAD/S RD TLD RESPIR A TORY REQUIREMENTS
: FFAP Other PAPH As r equ i red based on airborne co n centra ti ons and work act i v itie s. As required based o n airborne co n ce ntrati ons and work act i v iti es. A s r equ ire d based on airborne co n centra ti o n s and wo rk act i v itie s. A RWP PRE-JOB BRIEFING IS REQUIRED: BR I EFED BY AN HP TE C HNI C I AN AND S I GN A TIEND ANCE S HEET.
TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION AREA R A DI A TI ON WORK PERMIT 09-0-1 003-2 P AG E 20 F 2 WORKER IN S TR UCT I O N S: I. Upon re c ei v in g and D A D alarm s, ensure equipment i s l eft in a s afe c ondition, l eave the area and report to the H ealth P h ys i cs office. 2. Notif y HP-Op s prior to sys tem ve ntin g. 3. Notif y HP-Op s prior \0 entry into overhead areas. 4. En s ure an y liquids (i.e. oi l , water) encountered durin g the job i s co ntained and remo ve d per H P-Op s in s tru c tion s. 5. R ead and di sc u ss the followin g durin g the pre-job briefin g: 5. I C R 24062, Surr y, " I mproper v alve lin eup made durin g performan ce of 1-0P-CS-004." HE A LTH PHY S I CS IN S TRU C TI O N S: I. W orkers mu s t s top work and l eave the area if WHOLE BODY dose rate s are dete c ted in exce ss of 5,000 rnrernlhr.  
: 2. Sta y time s will be ba se d on do se rate s in the work area. 3. Neutron D ose determination i s required for all entr i es int o area s po s ted "Neutron E xposure Area". E s timate worker's neutron dose u s in g C-HP-I 0 3 1.0 23, Neutron and Noble Ga s D ose E s timate R ecord. 4. Radiati on s ur v e y i s required prior to accessing overhead areas. 5. Radiati on and co ntamination s ur v e ys are required for co ntaminated sys tem entrie s. 6. E v aluate initi a l sys tem entry s mear s for hot parti c l es. TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIA TION AREA R A DI A TI O N WORK PERMIT 0 9-0-1 003-2 P AG E 2 O F 2 WO RKER I NS TR UC TI ONS: I. Upon re c ei v in g and D A D alarms, ensure equipment i s left ill a s afe co ndition , l e a ve the area and report to the H ealth P h ys i cs offi c e. 2. Notif y HP-Op s pri o r to sys tem ve ntin g. 3. Notify HP-Op s prior \0 entry into ove rhead areas. 4. En s ure an y liquid s (i.e. o i l. water) encountered duri ng the job i s co ntained and r e mo v ed pe r I-f P-Op s in s tru c tion s. 5. R ead and discuss the followin g dur i n g the pre-job briefin g: 5.1 C R 24062. Surr y, " I mproper v al ve lineup Illade durin g performan ce of 1-0 P-CS-00 4.'* HE A LTH PH YS I CS IN S TR UC TI O N S: I. Worker s mu s t s top work and leave the area if W H OLE B ODY dose rate s are dete c ted in excess o f 5.000 rnretn/hr. 2. Sta y time s will be ba se d on do se rate s in the work area. 3. Neutron D ose deterrninJtion i s required for a l l entrie s into area s posted "Neutron E xposure AreJ". E s timate worker's neutron dose u s in g C-IfP-1 031.023. Neutron and Noble Ga s D ose E s tilllate Re co rd. 4. R adiation s ur vey i s required prior t o accessing overhead Jreas. 5. R adiation and co ntaminat i on s ur v e ys are r e quired for co ntJlllinated sys tem entries. 6. E v aluate initial sys telll entry s mear s for hot particle s.
DOMINION Map Number L ocationlDescription ATTACHMENT B (Pa elo!I) RP-AA-221 Revision 0 Page 13 of 13 Reactor Power 384 PDT , Gas Stripper and liquid Waste Tank Room -Gate 11 U nit(s) Unit 1 100% Unit 2 100% Purpose: D Routine [8] Spadal D RWP I nstrument Model Serial # E-1 30A 1 52K T ype: Ra d iation [Z] Gamma D Beta D Neutron Contam in at i o n D GA D LA D DRP All GA Smears < 1000 dpm/l00em D All GA Smears < 20 dpm/l OOem' Alpha D All LA Smears < 1000 dpm/LAS Comments: Air Sa m p l e D GA D ws D sz Air Sample Results __ %DAC D No DRP Detected D 1------------1--------1 Support of l-BR-E-lOA maintenance, to include Ops tagout work .. All dose rates in mRemlhr. Surveyed By (Print/Signature) RP T ec h1 .. -. RA '" Radiation Area HRA '" Hi gh Radiation Area LHRA '" L ocked Hi gh Radiation Area V HRA", Va Hi h Radiation Area Q) =Srnear L oca tion = A/S Location Date Time Reviewed By (Print/Signature) T oda 0000 RP T ech2 215' CA '" Contaminated Area RCA", Radiological Control Area ARA '" Airborne Radioactivity Area RMA '" Radioacti ve Material s Area !l.... = GJ A Dose Rate = Contact Dose Rate LD WA '" L ow Dose Waiting Area HPA", H ot Particle Area NEA '" Neutron Exposure Area DRP", Discrete Radioactive Particle )( )( )( _ Radiological Boundary DOMINION Map Number L ocation/Description ATTACHMENT B (Pa elofl) RP-AA-221 Revi s ion 0 Page 1 3 of 1 3 Reactor Power 384 PDT , Gas Stripper and liquid Waste Tank Room -Gate 11 Unit (s) Unit 1 100% Unit 2 100% Purpose: D Routine [Zl Special D RWP I nstrument Model Serial # E-1 30A 1 52K Type: R ad i at i o n [8J Gamma D Beta D NeUlron Con t am in at i o n D GA D LA D DRP All GA Smears < 1000 dpm/1 OOem Comments:
A i r Samp l e D GA D ws D sz Air Sample Results %DAC D No DRP Detected --D 1------------1--------1 Support of l-BR-E-10A maintenance, to include Ops tagout work .. All dose rates in mRemlhr. Surveyed By (PrintiSignature)
RP T ec hl .. -. RA '" Radiation Area H RA = H igh Radiation Area L H RA '" L ocked H igh Radiation Area V H RA = Va Hi h Radiation Area CD =Smear L ocation = AlS L ocation Date Time Reviewed By (Print/Signature)
T oda 0000 RP T ec h 2
--;n--r---1f---
215' CA '" Contamina ted Area RCA", Radiological Cont r ol Area ARA = Airborne Radioactivity Area RMA = Radioactive Material s) Area !t.... = GJA Dose Rate # * = Contact Dose Rate LDWA '" L ow Dose Waiting Area HPA = H ot Particl e Area NEA"'" Neutron ExPOsure Area DRP = Discrete Radioactive P a rti de )( )( )( "'" Radiological Boundary 
: 1. 1-BR-TCV-103B
: 17. 1-BR-P-7B
: 2. 1-AV-PCV-1S0B IS. 1-BR-10 3. 1-AS-77 19. 1-BR-26 4. 1-AS-174 20. 1-BR-2S 5. 1-AV-PCV-1S0A
: 21. 1-BR-39 6. 1-AS-176 22. 1-BR-E-6A
: 7. 1-AS-79 23. 1-BR-E-6B S. 1-BR-TVC-103A
: 24. 1-BR-E-12
: 9. 1-AS-SO 2S. 1-BR-1S 10. 1-BR-P-7 A 26. 1-BR-ll 11. 1-BR-S 27. 1-BR-PCV-131 12.1-BR-7 2S. 1-BR-12 13.1-BR-S-7A
: 29. 1-BR-13 14.1-BR-3
: 30. 1-BR-47 15. 1-BR-S-7B
: 31. 1-LW-TK-2B 16.1-BR-4
: 32. 1-LW-HCV-109A F RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION ALARA VALVE LOCATOR MAP GATE 11 PDT AND GAS STRIPPER ROOM Aux. Buildin 2' Elevation 33.1-LW-34S 49.1-AS-10S 34.1-LW-32 SO.1-BR-14 3S.1-LW-31 Valves Not Shown 36.1-LW-47 1-CC-497 1-CC-S07 37. Not Labeled 1-CC-49S 1-CC-SOS 3S. Not Labeled 1-CC-499 1-CC-S09 39.1-LW-TK-2A 1-CC-SOO 1-CC-S10 40.1-LW-29 1-CC-S01 1-AS-104 41. 1-BR-16 1-CC-S02 1-AS-176 42.1-BR-305 1-CC-S03 1-AS-177 43.1-BR-E-10B 1-CC-S04 1-AS-1S0 44.1-BR-E-lOA 1-CC-S05 1-LW-46 45.1-AS-102 1-CC-S06 1-LW-40 46.1-AS-105 1-LW-HCV-109B 47.1-AS-107 4S.1-AS-106 Y Rev i s i o n N umber 1 -Re v i s i o n Date 05.28.06 1. I-BR-TCV-103B
: 2. l-AV-PCV-150B
: 3. 1-AS-77 4. l-AS-174 5. l-AV-PCV-150A
: 6. 1-AS-176 7. 1-AS-79 S. 1-BR-TVC-103A
: 9. 1-AS-SO 10.1-BR-P-7A


11.1-BR-S 12.1-BR-7 13.1-BR-S-7A
Dominion                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                  Revision 55 Page 4 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                            Page 5.40    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A                                                        102 5.41    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                                        104 5.42    Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                            106 5.43    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A                                                        107 5.44    Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                                        109 5.45    Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C                                            111 ATTACHMENTS 1    Operable Combination Determination                                          112 2    Control Room/ESGR Chilled Water System Overview                              114 3    Control Room Chiller Power Supplies                                          115 4    MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks                                              116 5    Chilled Water Loop A AHU Flow Throttling and Verification                    117 6    Chilled Water Loop C AHU Flow Throttling and Verification                    118 7    MER 5 Chiller Diagnostics                                                    119


14.1-BR-3
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 5 of 119 1.0    PURPOSE CAUTION Following a loss of offsite power (with SI) it may be necessary to give EDG 3 to the non-accident unit to supply power to an AHU in all four areas. ( )-AP-10.07, Loss of Unit ( ) Power, provides guidance for performing these electrical lineups.
: 15. 1-BR-S-7B 16.1-BR-4 17.1-BR-P-7B IS. 1-BR-I0 19. I-BR-26 20. 1-BR-25 21. 1-BR-39 22. I-BR-&#xa3;-6A
1.1   To provide instructions for the normal operation of the Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System and associated subsystems.
: 23. I-BR-&#xa3;-6B 24.1-BR-&#xa3;-12
: 25. I-BR-15 26. I-BR-11 27. 1-BR-PCV-131 2S. 1-BR-12 29. 1-BR-13 30. I-BR-47 31. l-LW-TK-2B
: 32. l-LW-HCV-I09A RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION ALARA V AL1'ELOCATORMAP G A TE 11 PDT AND GAS STRIPPER ROOM Aux. BlIildin 2' Elellation 33.1-LW-345 49.1-AS-IOS 34.1-LW-32 50.1-BR-14 35.1-LW-31 Valves Not Shown 36.1-LW-47 l-CC-497 l-CC-507 37. Not Labeled l-CC-49S l-CC-50S 3S. Not Labeled l-CC-499 l-CC-509 39.1-LW-TK-2A l-CC-500 l-CC-510 40.1-LW-29 1-CC-501 l-AS-I04 41. I-BR-16 l-CC-502 l-AS-176 42.1-BR-305 l-C C-503 l-AS-l77 43.1-BR-&#xa3;-10B l-C C-504 l-AS-1S0 44.1-BR-&#xa3;-10A l-CC-505 l-LW-46 45.1-AS-I02 l-CC-506 l-LW-40 46.1-AS-I05 l-LW-H CV-109B 47.1-AS-I07 4S.1-AS-I06 Re v isi o n N umber 1 -Re v i s i o n Dat e 05.2 8.06 Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  1 of 17  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station


SR09301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41 Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
==2.0    REFERENCES==


Examiner_______________________________
2.1    Source Documents 2.1.1 UFSAR Section 9.13, Auxiliary Ventilation Systems 2.2    Technical Specifications Surry Power Stations Units 1 and 2 2.2.1 Section 3.14, Circulating and Service Water Systems 2.2.2 Section 3.23, Main Control Room and Emergency Switchgear Room Air Conditioning System 2.3    Technical Documents 2.3.1 11448-FB-41A, Sheet 1 and 2, Chilled Water System 2.3.2 11448-FM-71D, Circulating and Service Water System 2.3.3 11448-ESK-6FB1, Elementary Diagram MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.4 11448-ESK-6FC15, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4D


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________
DOMINION                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                      Revision 55 Page 6 of 119 2.3.5 11448-ESK-6FC16, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4E 2.3.6 DCP 90-15, Control Room/Emergency Switchgear Room AHU Upgrades 2.3.7 Safety Evaluation 93-189, Minimum MCR AHU Chilled Water Flows 2.3.8 DCP 90-07-3, MER 3 HVAC and Electrical Ductbank Modifications 2.3.9 DCP 90-08-3, MER 5 Chiller Addition 2.3.10 0-OP-VS-006A, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System Alignment 2.3.11 0-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A 2.3.12 0-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B 2.3.13 0-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.14 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D 2.3.15 0-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E 2.3.16 ET S-97-0016, MCR Chiller Recirculation PCV Strokes 2.3.17 ET S-97-0288, 1-VS-E-4D and 4E Suction Pressure 2.3.18 EN CALC EE-0771, Removal of Electrical Restrictions for Operation of MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.19 TSCR 303, Revision of MCR and ESGR Air Conditioning System Requirements 2.3.20 ET S-07-0056, Evaluation of 1-VS-E-4A Delta Pressure 2.3.21 ET S-07-0063, Service Water Differential Pressure & Chilled Water Temperature Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4A/Surry/U-1 2.3.22 DCP 07-007, Control Room AC Chilled Water Pipe Replacement


Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 7 of 119 2.3.23 ET-S-08-0013, Service Water Differential Pressure Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.24 TSCR 397, Increased Maximum Service Water Temperature 2.3.25 ME-0621, Service Water Charging Pump Subsystem Pipe 2000 Evaluation 2.4  Commitment Documents 2.4.1 CTS 2070, LER S1-93-005, 2 of 3 Control Room Chillers inoperable 2.4.2 CTS 3526, Prohibit Manual Operation of MCR/ESGR AHU Dampers 2.4.3 PI S-2000-1923, Operable MCR/ESGR Air Conditioning 2.4.4 PI S-2000-2741, Low Recirc Flow on 1-VS-E-4D 2.4.5 PI S-2001-1772, Low Evaporator Flow Reset 2.4.6 PI-S-2002-2937, Operation of Chiller Thermostat in Vicinity of energized Circuits 2.4.7 PI-S-2004-2444, Service Water Shortfall on 1-VS-E-4E During Recirc Testing 2.4.8 PI-S-2004-3768, MCR Chiller SW Inlet Temperature 2.4.9 PI-S-2004-2298, MCR Chiller SW Differential Pressure 2.4.10 PI-S-2005-1695, SW Flow to an Operating Chiller 2.4.11 PI-S-2006-4626, Operability With Compressor Locked Out 2.4.12 PI-S-2004-4809, Provision for VS-S-1A/1B Backwash 2.4.13 OD000189, 2-VS-AC-9 Back Draft Damper


K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 8 of 119 Init  Verif 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
Applicability    Est Completion Time Actual Time
_______            3.1 The Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System has been aligned IAW procedure 0-OP-VS-006A.
4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Chillers must be operated with Chilled Water Loop A and Loop C aligned as separate loops.
4.2 Power must be supplied to an MER 3 chiller for a minimum of 4 hours and to an MER 5 chiller for a minimum of 8 hours before the chiller is started. This ensures adequate crankcase heating which removes freon from the oil.
4.3 The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.
4.4 The following thermostat setting limitations apply for all MER 3 Control Room Chiller starts. (Reference 2.4.1) 4.4.1 Adjusting the Chilled Water thermostat requires manipulating controls inside an energized electrical panel. Use of a non-conductive screwdriver (kept in the non-SQC storage locker in the MCR Annex) is recommended.
4.4.2 Before starting the chiller, the Chilled Water thermostat must be set to 65&deg;F.
4.4.3 Following chiller start, the thermostat should be decreased to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, allowing time for the chilled water temperature to stabilize between steps.
4.4.4 When the chiller is operating in a stable condition with the thermostat at 45&deg;F, the thermostat will be adjusted as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F AHU inlet temperature on the respective chilled water loop.


SRO ONLY      20 Minutes (Portions **TC**___________
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 9 of 119 4.5  The MER 3 chillers strainer backwash valves (1-SW-317, 1-SW-327, or 2-SW-337),
Conditions
are open when the arrow or scribe mark on the respective valves stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the Service Water piping. (Reference 2.4.1) 4.6  To ensure an adequate heat sink for the MER 3 chiller condensers and prevent possibly lifting a chiller freon relief valve when an MER 3 chiller is started, the respective strainer backwash valve must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure on the associated Chiller Condenser Service Water Pump.
4.7  To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the MER 3 chiller condensers, MER 3 Control Room Chiller compressors shall not be started and the MCR switch for any MER 3 Control Room Chiller being aligned for startup must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
4.8  AHU 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, shall not be aligned to both Chilled Water loops at the same time. In order to ensure cooling is maintained to MER 3, AHU 1-VS-AC-220 should remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C when any MER 3 Chiller is operating unless otherwise directed by an approved procedure.
4.9 Chiller 1-VS-E-4A will normally be aligned in a standby mode for Chilled Water Loop C and aligned to the Normal feeder (1J). Operation of 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A requires re-alignment to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18.
4.10 To prevent possible overloading of an Emergency Bus, only one chiller at a time may be operating on any one Emergency Bus.


Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.  
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 10 of 119 4.11 Minimum Chilled Water flows for the Control Room / ESGR AHUs are listed in the table below. (Reference 2.3.7)
Mark Number              Area Served                Minimum Flow 1-VS-AC-1            Unit 1 MCR                          10 gpm 1-VS-AC-2            Unit 1 MCR                          10 gpm 1-VS-AC-6            Unit 1 ESGR                        85 gpm 1-VS-AC-7            Unit 1 ESGR                        85 gpm 2-VS-AC-6            Unit 2 ESGR                        85 gpm 2-VS-AC-7            Unit 2 ESGR                        85 gpm 2-VS-AC-8            Unit 2 MCR                        20 gpm 2-VS-AC-9            Unit 2 MCR                        20 gpm 4.12 Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.
4.13 When Chilled Water flow to any AHU is changed, acceptable Chilled Water flow must be verified to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop IAW Attachment 5 or Attachment 6 as applicable.
4.14 AHUs should be placed in service on a Chilled Water Loop before starting a chiller on the same loop.
4.15 Attachment 5 or Attachment 6 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of acceptable Chilled Water Flow to the MCR/ESGR AHUs.
4.16 To prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to the MCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.
4.17 The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if any MER 3 Chiller Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.


Standards Evaluate a given set of plant condi tions and determine that a 'General Emergency' exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that 'General Emergency' is PAR
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 11 of 119 4.18 In the tables contained in this procedure which contain Required Actions for chiller inoperability, the Control Room Chillers will be referred to by the letters A through E. The 1-VS-E-4 part of the chiller mark number is to be understood.
'B'.
4.19 Attachment 1 contains tables that identify which 4160 Volt Emergency Bus serves as the Normal (and Alternate where applicable) power source for each Control Room Chiller and those combinations of operable Control Room Chillers which will satisfy Technical Specification 3.23.
Initiating Cues
4.20 Subsections 5.28 through 5.32 provide the major steps for ensuring continued compliance with Tech Spec 3.23. Individual component manipulations are to be performed IAW referenced subsections and/or procedures.
4.21 The words Operable Combination as used in this procedure are defined to mean a group of operable chillers which together satisfy the requirements of Technical Specification 3.23 so that entry in to a Technical Specification clock is not required.
4.22 Attachment 1 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of an Operable Combination of Control Room Chillers.
4.23 Allowable single chiller operation alignments are as follows:
Loop A        Chiller A or Chiller D or Chiller E Loop C        Chiller A or Chiller B or Chiller C Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B on Loop A and alignment of 1-VS-E-4D or 1VS-E-4E on Loop C are provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.
4.24 Subsection references are included for guidance when manipulations are required to achieve the desired alignment and do not need to be performed to verify condition(s) that exist from prior procedural performance.
4.25 If any parameter in Attachment 4, MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks is exceeded, the HVAC Crew will be required to perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chillers Performance Checks to determine chiller operability.


Significant event notification. EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.  
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 12 of 119 Init  Verif 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation 5.1.1 Verify stopped or stop the following fans.
_______                      a. 1-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN
_______                      b. 1-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN
_______                      c. 2-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN
_______                      d. 2-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN 5.1.2 Verify closed or close the following dampers.
_______                      a. 1-VS-MOD-104A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD
_______                      b. 1-VS-MOD-104B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD
_______                      c. 2-VS-MOD-204A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD
_______                      d. 2-VS-MOD-204B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD 5.1.3 Verify open or open the following isolation dampers.
_______                      a. 1-VS-MOD-103A, CONT ROOM SUP MOD
_______                      b. 1-VS-MOD-103B, CONT ROOM EXH MOD
_______                      c. 1-VS-MOD-103C, CONT ROOM SUP MOD
_______                      d. 1-VS-MOD-103D, CONT ROOM EXH MOD
_______                5.1.4 Start or verify running 1-VS-AC-4, Service Building HV Unit.


Terminating Cues
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 13 of 119 CAUTION To prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to the MCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.
_______                    5.1.5 Start or verify running 1-VS-F-15, CONT / RELAY RM EXH FAN.
_______                    5.1.6 Record the following indications.
* PDI-VS-100, D.P.-U1CR/U1TB            ________Inches of Water
* PDI-VS-101, D.P.-U1RR/U1TB            ________ Inches of Water
* PDI-VS-200, D.P.-U2CR/U2TB            ________ Inches of Water
* PDI-VS-201, D.P.-U2RR/U2TB            ________ Inches of Water
_______                    5.1.7 IF any of the recorded values in Step 5.1.6 do not indicate a positive MCR pressure, THEN stop 1-VS-F-15, AND notify the System Engineer.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
5.1.8 Start or verify operating both Chilled Water Loops IAW the following subsections.
_______
* Subsection 5.2, Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System
_______
* Subsection 5.3, Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.  
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 14 of 119 5.2 Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System 5.2.1 Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled Water Loop A Air Handlers in ON.
_______                      a. 1-VS-AC-1, CONT ROOM AHU
_______                      b. 2-VS-AC-9, CONT ROOM AHU
_______                      c. 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU
_______                      d. 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU
_______                5.2.2 For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections for two chiller operations. ( ) Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operation.
____ Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service
____ Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service 5.2.3 For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation.
_______                      a. Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service
_______                      b. Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service


Procedures
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 15 of 119 NOTE: Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both.
_______                  5.2.4 Start or verify running ONE chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop A in accordance with one of the following Subsections. ( ) Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop C.
____ Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
____ Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
____ Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure  EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations.  
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 16 of 119 5.3 Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System 5.3.1 Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled Water Loop C Air Handlers in ON.
_______                      a. 1-VS-AC-2, CONT ROOM AHU
_______                      b. 2-VS-AC-8, CONT ROOM AHU
_______                      c. 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU
_______                      d. 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU
_______                5.3.2 For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections. ( ) Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operations.
____ Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service
____ Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service 5.3.3 For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation.
_______                      ____ Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service
_______                      ____ Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service


Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 17 of 119 NOTE: Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both.
_______                  5.3.4 Start or verify running one chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop C in accordance with one of the following Subsections. ( ) Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop A.
____ Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
____ Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
____ Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


None      None Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  2 of 17  Performance Checklist MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 18 of 119 5.4  Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service
Directions to the Operator. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:  The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has o ccurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mec hanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a pi ston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you ar e directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
_______                    5.4.1 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.4.2 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.4.3 Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF.
_______                    5.4.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.
CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.
(Reference 2.4.2)
NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.
_______                    5.4.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER


Notes to the Evaluator.
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 19 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.4.6 and 5.4.9.
Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*), then only those asterisked substeps are crit ical to performance of that task element. Critical step sequencing r equirements: 1 before 3. START TIME:                 
_______            5.4.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-2 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
_______            5.4.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-1 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift  Acceptable    Notify System TABLE 1                Supervision    Reading    Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20            0.3 or  0.90    1.0            < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20              0.90        1.0            > 1.0
_______            5.4.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER
_______            5.4.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 3 of 17    Evaluator's note- candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are g iven here as g uidance. Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method.  
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 20 of 119
: 1. Caution and Note prior to step 1.  
_______                5.4.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift    Acceptable    Notify System TABLE 1              Supervision      Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20        0.90 or 1.5      1.6            < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20          0.90          1.0            > 1.0
_______                5.4.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-1 or 1-VS-AC-7 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print              Date Signature            Initial          Print              Date Signature            Initial          Print              Date Signature            Initial          Print              Date Signature            Initial          Print              Date


CAUTION:
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 21 of 119 5.5  Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service
Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
_______                    5.5.1 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON.
NOTE: The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS
_______                    5.5.2 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.5.3 Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF.
_______                    5.5.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.
CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.
(Reference 2.4.2)
NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.
_______                    5.5.5 Verify the following Magnehelic DP gauges for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER


parameters should be evaluated for a ccuracy should an earthquake occur.
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 22 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.5.6 and 5.5.9.
Standards     (a) Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE
_______            5.5.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-1 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
_______            5.5.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-2 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift    Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1                Supervision      Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20          0.3 or  0.90     1.0              < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20              0.90        1.0              > 1.0
_______            5.5.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER
_______            5.5.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.


Evaluator's Note Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 23 of 119
_______                5.5.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift    Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1            Supervision      Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20      0.90 or  1.5      1.6              < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20        0.90          1.0              > 1.0
_______                5.5.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-2 or 1-VS-AC-6 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 24 of 119 5.6  Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service
_______                     5.6.1 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.6.2 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.6.3 Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF.
_______                    5.6.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.
CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.
(Reference 2.4.2)
NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.
_______                    5.6.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 25 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.6.6 and 5.6.9.
_______             5.6.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-9 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
_______            5.6.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-8 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift    Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1                Supervision      Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20          0.3 or  0.90    1.0              < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20              0.90        1.0              > 1.0
_______            5.6.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER
_______            5.6.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 4 of 17      2. STEP 1.  
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 26 of 119
_______                5.6.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift      Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1              Supervision        Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20        0.90 or 1.5      1.6              < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20          0.90          1.0              > 1.0
_______                5.6.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-6 or 2-VS-AC-8 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date


1 EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:  
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 27 of 119 5.7  Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service
_______                    5.7.1 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.7.2 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.
_______                    5.7.3 Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF.
_______                    5.7.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.
CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated to the full open or full closed positions. (Reference 2.4.2)
NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.
_______                    5.7.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER


a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix: Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F)  Cold Conditions (RCS  200 &deg;F)  b) Review EAL associated with event category
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 28 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.7.6 and 5.7.9.
_______            5.7.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-8 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
_______            5.7.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-9 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded. IF coil dp is less than 0.30 in/H2O, THEN manually open air handler backdraft damper per OD000189 AND record data again.
Notify Shift    Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1                Supervision      Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20          0.3 or 0.90    1.0              < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20              0.90        1.0              > 1.0
_______            5.7.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.
____ COIL
____ FILTER
_______            5.7.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.


c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions lis ted in the EAL Matrix
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 29 of 119
_______                5.7.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.
Notify Shift      Acceptable      Notify System TABLE 1              Supervision        Reading      Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20        0.90 or  1.5      1.6              < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20          0.90          1.0              > 1.0
_______                5.7.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-7 or 2-VS-AC-9 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date Signature              Initial            Print            Date


d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards    (a) Refers to the HOT chart (b) Determines event category to be Loss of Power.  
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 30 of 119 5.8  Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER CAUTION When operation on Chilled Water Loop A is desired, 1-VS-E-4A must first be aligned for Loop A Standby IAW Subsection 5.18 of this procedure.
  (c) Refers to given conditi ons to determine EAL applicability (d) DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.
5.8.1 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
  (e) Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.  
_______                        a. Verify 1-VS-E-4A is aligned for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18.
_______                        b. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.
_______                        c. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4E IAW Subsection 5.17.
_______                        d. Open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.
_______                  5.8.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is currently aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, AND is required to supply Chilled Water Loop C, THEN align 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop C IAW Subsection 5.19. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 31 of 119 5.8.3 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Evaluator's Comments  S TOP TIME:    ___________                TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes
_______                  a. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.
_______                  b. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4C IAW Subsection 5.13.
_______                  c. Open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                  d. Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______            5.8.4 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______            5.8.5 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.
5.8.6 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4A local control panel.
_______                  a. Suction Pressure
_______                  b. Discharge Pressure
_______                  c. Oil Pressure
_______            5.8.7 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4A to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision 55 Page 32 of 119 CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-317 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
_______                       5.8.8 Open 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A.
NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-317 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.
_______                      5.8.9 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.
_______                    5.8.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2A, CHILLER 4A CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.
_______                    5.8.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1A, CHILLER 4A SW PUMP, starts.
CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-317 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A.
_______                    5.8.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A, 1-VS-P-1A Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116A. Otherwise, enter N/A.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                        Revision 55 Page 33 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
5.8.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115A, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                             a. Perform Subsection 5.9
_______                            b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                              c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4A Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.
_______                    5.8.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.
_______                    5.8.15 IF 1-VS-E-4A did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4A is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.
_______                    5.8.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  5 of 17      3. Step 2 - RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND  SM/SEM NAME
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 34 of 119 5.8.17 IF 1-VS-E-4A fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                  a. Perform Subsection 5.9.
_______                  b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                  c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.8.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115A.
_______            5.8.19 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______            5.8.20 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.
NOTE: Steps 5.8.21 and 5.8.22 may be performed together.
Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.
_______            5.8.21 Check 1-VS-E-4A for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.


Standards (a) Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J- This is a critical step.  
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 35 of 119 5.8.22 Perform one of the following attachments.
_______                            a. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                          b. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.
CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4A, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
5.8.23 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4A chiller is obtained, THEN perform one of the following substeps. Enter N/A for the substep not performed.
_______                            a. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                          b. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print            Date Signature            Initial          Print            Date Signature            Initial          Print            Date


   (b) Classifies event as a GENERAL EM ERGENCY- This is a critical step.
DOMINION                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                      Revision 55 Page 36 of 119 5.9   Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
_______                  5.9.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.
Evaluator's Comments  S TOP TIME:   ___________                TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes
_______                  5.9.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                  5.9.3 Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                  5.9.4 Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 37 of 119 5.10 Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
_______               5.10.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4C is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.13. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                5.10.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                5.10.3 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                5.10.4 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.
5.10.5 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel.
_______                      a. Suction Pressure
_______                      b. Discharge Pressure
_______                      c. Oil Pressure
_______                5.10.6 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1) 5.10.7 Perform the following Chilled Water alignment.
_______                      a. Verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                      b. Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                      c. Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision 55 Page 38 of 119 CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
: 4. Step 3 - ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:
_______                     5.10.8 Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.
NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.
_______                    5.10.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.
_______                    5.10.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.
_______                    5.10.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts.
CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.
_______                    5.10.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Station Emergency Manager position  Emergency Classification  EAL  Time Declared
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                         Revision 55 Page 39 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
5.10.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                              a. Perform Subsection 5.11.
_______                            b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                              c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.
_______                  5.10.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.
_______                  5.10.15 IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.
_______                  5.10.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Standards    (a) Makes announcement Evaluator's Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 40 of 119 5.10.17 IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Evaluator's Comments
_______                    a. Perform Subsection 5.11.
_______                    b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                    c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.10.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B.
_______            5.10.19 While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115B between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
NOTE: Steps 5.10.20 and 5.10.21 may be performed together.
Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.
_______            5.10.20 Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.
_______            5.10.21 Perform Attachment 6.


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 41 of 119 CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
_______                 5.10.22 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                    Revision 55 Page 42 of 119 5.11 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
_______                 5.11.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.
_______                5.11.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                5.11.3 Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  6 of 17  Directions to the Operator. EVALUATOR:  Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 43 of 119 5.12 Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.  
_______                    5.12.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4B is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.11. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                    5.12.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                    5.12.3 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                    5.12.4 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.
5.12.5 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4C local control panel.
_______
* Suction Pressure
_______
* Discharge Pressure
_______
* Oil Pressure
_______                    5.12.6 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4C to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)
_______                    5.12.7 Open 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET.
CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 2-SW-337 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
_______                    5.12.8 Open 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C.


This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
DOMINION                                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision 55 Page 44 of 119 NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 2-SW-337 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GE NERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective  Action Recommendations in its entirety. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.  
_______                    5.12.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.
_______                    5.12.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM AC CHILLED WATER PUMP 2C, starts.
_______                    5.12.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM CHILLER CNDSR 4C SW PUMP, starts.
CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 2-SW-337 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C.
_______                    5.12.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C, 1-VS-P-1C Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-DPI-116C. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Notes to the Evaluator.
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                        Revision 55 Page 45 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:
5.12.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115C, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.  
_______                              a. Perform Subsection 5.13.
_______                            b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                              c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4C Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.
_______                  5.12.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.
_______                  5.12.15 IF 1-VS-E-4C did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4C is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.
_______                  5.12.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.


START TIME:    
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 46 of 119 5.12.17 IF 1-VS-E-4C fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
: 4. Step 1 - INITIATE PROCEDURE.  
_______                    a. Perform Subsection 5.13.
_______                    b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                    c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.12.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C.
_______            5.12.19 While adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115C between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
NOTE: Steps 5.12.20 and 5.12.21 may be performed together.
Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.
_______            5.12.20 Check 1-VS-E-4C for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.
_______            5.12.21 Perform Attachment 6.


Standards    Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 47 of 119 CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4C, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
Evaluator's Comments
_______                  5.12.22 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4C chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Inlet Temperature.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                    Revision 55 Page 48 of 119 5.13 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
_______                 5.13.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.
_______                5.13.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                5.13.3 Close 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 49 of 119 5.14 Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
: 5. Step 2- USE ATTACHMENT 2, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR
_______                  5.14.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4E is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.17.
_______                   5.14.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.
WARNING To prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.
NOTE: The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel.
_______                  5.14.3 Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                  5.14.4 Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.
5.14.5 At 1-SW-PNL-2, CR CHILLER 4D COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps.
_______                            a. Verify the green -15V and +15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON.
_______                            b. Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON.
Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton.
_______                            c. IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.


Standards  (a) Goes to Attachment 2.
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 50 of 119 NOTE: The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100D full closed and 1-SW-PCV-101D full open).
Evaluator's Comments
Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded.
_______ SAT
_______            5.14.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in ON.
5.14.7 IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133D, CR CHILLER 4D SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4.
_______                    a. Throttle 1-SW-775, CR Chiller 4D SW Recirc PCV-101D, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                        1. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.
_______                        2. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                        3. Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.
_______                        4. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.14.8 Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FIS-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD FLOW IND SWITCH.
Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm.
_______            5.14.9 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
_______           5.14.10 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 51 of 119 NOTE: The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel.
_______           5.14.11 Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.
5.14.12 IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                    a. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                    b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                    c. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                    d. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                    e. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.
_______                    f. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                    g. Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.
_______                    h. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.14.13 Verify the 1-VS-E-4D chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  7 of 17      6. Attachment 2 - Step 1-  
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 52 of 119 NOTE: Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step.
5.14.14 After 1-VS-E-4D has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits.
_______                    a. 1-SW-TI-115D, CR CHILLER 4D SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F
_______                    b. 1-SW-TI-109D, CR CHILLER 4D SW OUTLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 115&deg;F
_______                    c. 1-SW-PDI-130D, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4D SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid
_______                    d. COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig
_______                    e. COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS
_______                    f. COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig
_______                    g. COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig
_______                    h. COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS
_______                    i. COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig
_______                    j. 1-VS-TI-121D, CR CHILLER 4D CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55&deg;F


Start with the first statement at top, left side of table below (Refer to Attachment 6, REFERENCE INFORMATION (SPS), for additional information as needed).
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 53 of 119
Standards    - Chooses the top left column as starting point.  
_______                        k. 1-VS-TI-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD OUTLET TEMP IND, between 38&deg;F to 45&deg;F
: l. IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4D by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                            1. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                            2. Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically.
_______                            3. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                            4. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                            5. WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                            6. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.
_______                            7. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                5.14.15 IF 1-VS-E-4D COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                5.14.16 Perform Attachment 5.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date


Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 54 of 119 5.15 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
_______                  5.15.1 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                  5.15.2 Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically.
_______                  5.15.3 Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                  5.15.4 Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                  5.15.5 WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                  5.15.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.
_______                  5.15.7 IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________________ _________ ________________________  ________
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 55 of 119 5.16 Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER NOTE: Attachment 7 contains a graphic of MER 5 Chiller diagnostics.
_______                   5.16.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4D is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.15.
_______                  5.16.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.
WARNING To prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.
NOTE: The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel.
_______                  5.16.3 Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                  5.16.4 Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.
5.16.5 At 1-SW-PNL-3, CR CHILLER 4E COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps.
_______                            a. Verify the green -15V and +15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON.
_______                            b. Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON.
Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton.
_______                            c. IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 56 of 119 NOTE: The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100E full closed and 1-SW-PCV-101E full open).
: 7. Attachment 2 - Step 2-  
Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded.
_______             5.16.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in ON.
5.16.7 IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133E, CR CHILLER 4E SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4.
_______                    a. Throttle 1-SW-780, CR Chiller 4E SW Recirc PCV-101E Inlet, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                        1. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.
_______                        2. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                        3. Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.
_______                        4. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.16.8 Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FIS-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD FLOW IND SWITCH.
Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm.
_______            5.16.9 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
_______            5.16.10 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.


Go to the COL # that provides the response to this statement (YES or NO).  
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 57 of 119 NOTE: The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel.
_______            5.16.11 Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.
5.16.12 IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                    a. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                    b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                    c. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                    d. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                    e. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.
_______                    f. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                    g. Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.
_______                    h. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.16.13 Verify the 1-VS-E-4E chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.


Standards 
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 58 of 119 NOTE: Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step.
  - Determines that first response if NO and moves to NO box on line 1, column 2.
5.16.14 After 1-VS-E-4E has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits.
Evaluator's Comments
_______                    a. 1-SW-TI-115E, CR CHILLER 4E SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F
_______                    b. 1-SW-TI-109E, CR CHILLER 4E SW OUTLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 115&deg;F
_______                    c. 1-SW-PDI-130E, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4E SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid
_______                    d. COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig
_______                    e. COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS
_______                    f. COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig
_______                    g. COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig
_______                    h. COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS
_______                    i. COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig
_______                    j. 1-VS-TI-121E, CR CHILLER 4E CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55&deg;F


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 59 of 119
_______                       k. 1-VS-TI-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD OUTLET TEMP IND, between 38&deg;F to 45&deg;F
: l. IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4E by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                            1. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                            2. Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically.
_______                            3. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                            4. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                            5. WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                            6. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.
_______                            7. Notify the System Engineer.
_______                5.16.15 IF 1-VS-E-4E COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                5.16.16 Perform Attachment 5.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 60 of 119 5.17 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER
_______                 5.17.1 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
_______                5.17.2 Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically.
_______                5.17.3 Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                5.17.4 Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.
_______                5.17.5 WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                5.17.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.
_______                5.17.7 IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print            Date Signature          Initial        Print            Date


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  8 of 17    8. Attachment 2 - Step 3-  
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 61 of 119 5.18 Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A CAUTION This subsection aligns chiller 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A and ensures the chiller correct power supply alignments. This subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4A may be operated as a Loop A chiller.
NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A to Chilled Water Loop A is intended to be performed upon inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E, or at the discretion of Shift Supervision. Alignment is not required when an Operable Combination of chillers already exists. Alignment is not required for very short term inoperability of Loop A chillers, such as during quarterly ASME Section XI testing.
_______                  5.18.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9.
_______                  5.18.2 Close 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.
_______                  5.18.3 Open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
5.18.4 Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Alternate source by performing the following substeps.
_______                            a. Verify 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.
_______ _______                    b. Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.
_______ _______                    c. Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER CV TRANSFER SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1.


IF no other responses are required in t hat column, THEN use the PAR at the bottom of the column.
DOMINION                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                    Revision 55 Page 62 of 119
_______ _______                d. Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B in ON.
_______ _______                e. In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print        Date Signature          Initial        Print        Date Signature          Initial        Print        Date Signature          Initial        Print        Date Signature          Initial        Print        Date Signature          Initial        Print        Date


IF another response is required in that column, THEN go to next statement at left side of table below AND RETURN TO Step 2 of this attachment.  
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 63 of 119 5.19 Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop C CAUTION This subsection returns chiller 1-VS-E-4A to a Standby alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.
When 1-VS-E-4A has been aligned to Loop A for Standby or normal operation, this subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4A may be operated as a Loop C chiller.
NOTE: When 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, this subsection will normally be performed after both MER 5 chillers are operable.
_______                  5.19.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9.
_______                  5.19.2 Close 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.
_______                  5.19.3 Open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
5.19.4 Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Normal source by performing the following substeps.
_______                            a. Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.
_______ _______                    b. Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.
_______ _______                    c. Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.


Standards  Determines that PAR B is required- This is a critical step.  
DOMINION                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                      Revision 55 Page 64 of 119
_______ _______                d. Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B in ON.
_______ _______                e. In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date


Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 65 of 119 5.20 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate
_______                5.20.1 Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.
_______                5.20.2 Verify 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.
_______ _______        5.20.3 Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
_______ _______        5.20.4 Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1.
_______ _______        5.20.5 Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, in ON.
_______ _______        5.20.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT.
_______                5.20.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 66 of 119 5.21 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal
_______                 5.21.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.
_______                5.21.2 Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.
_______ _______        5.21.3 Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
_______ _______        5.21.4 Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.
_______ _______        5.21.5 Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C in ON.
_______ _______        5.21.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT.
_______                5.21.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date Signature            Initial            Print              Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 67 of 119 5.22 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate
_______                 5.22.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.
_______                5.22.2 Verify 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR, is in OFF.
_______ _______        5.22.3 Open 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
NOTE: MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.
_______ _______        5.22.4 Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B.
_______ _______        5.22.5 Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D in ON.
_______ _______        5.22.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT.
_______                5.22.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301  9 of 17    Evaluator's note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 2 items complete)
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 68 of 119 5.23 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal
: 9. Notes prior to step 3-  
_______                5.23.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.
_______                5.23.2 Verify 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR, is OPEN.
_______ _______        5.23.3 Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR, in OFF.
NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
NOTE: MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.
_______ _______        5.23.4 Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1.
_______ _______        5.23.5 Close 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6.
_______ _______        5.23.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1 light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT.
_______                5.23.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date Signature          Initial            Print              Date


ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments. If more than four PARs are developed, consult with
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 69 of 119 5.24 Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service NOTE: The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3.
_______                  5.24.1 Verify or place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in ON.
_______                  5.24.2 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in ON.
CAUTION AHU 1-VS-AC-220 must remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C whenever an MER 3 Chiller is operating, unless otherwise requested by the System Engineer.
5.24.3 IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                          a. Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.
_______                          b. Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet.
_______                          c. Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, 1 to 2 turns open.
_______                          d. Verify open or open 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.
_______                          e. Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.
_______                            f. Enter N/A for Step 5.24.4.


Emergency Plan Advisor for direction. ATTACHMENT 5, DOWNWIND SECTOR TABLE, may be referenced to determine wind direction compass poi nt and affected downwind sectors.
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 70 of 119 5.24.4 IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Standards  - Acknowledges notes
_______                        a. Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.
_______                        b. Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet.
_______                        c. Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, 1 to 2 turns open.
_______                        d. Verify open or open 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.
_______                        e. Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print          Date Signature            Initial          Print          Date


CUES    - None    Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 71 of 119 5.25 Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from Service NOTE: The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3.
_______                5.25.1 Place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in OFF.
_______                5.25.2 Place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in OFF.
_______                5.25.3 Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.
_______                5.25.4 Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet.
_______                5.25.5 Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.
_______                5.25.6 Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print            Date Signature          Initial        Print            Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 72 of 119 5.26 Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service
_______                 5.26.1 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO.
_______                5.26.2 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO.
NOTE: Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch.
_______                5.26.3 Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in SLOW.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial        Print          Date Signature            Initial        Print          Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 73 of 119 5.27 Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service
: 10. Step 3-  
_______                 5.27.1 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in OFF.
_______                5.27.2 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in OFF.
NOTE: Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch.
_______                5.27.3 Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in OFF.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial        Print          Date Signature            Initial        Print          Date


IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                          Revision 55 Page 74 of 119 5.28 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4A NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.28.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
a) Record time wind data acquired
_______                      5.28.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4A is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4A is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Required Actions                                          Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller A inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________          NO ____________
F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller A inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before                        SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.9.


b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point 
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 75 of 119
_______                5.28.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


c) Record average wind direction to, in degrees and compass point
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                          Revision 55 Page 76 of 119 5.29 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4B NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.29.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
_______                      5.29.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4B is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Required Actions                                          Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12.
Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with                _______
Chiller B inoperable. (Check One)                                                              _______
YES ____________          NO ____________
F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller B inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before continuing with        SS this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.11.


d) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g., pen, pencil, highlighter, etc.)
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 77 of 119
e) GO TO Step 5 Standards  - Completes attachment 4 as follows:
_______                5.29.2 IF 1-VS-E-4B will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B. Otherwise, enter N/A.
At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S) into 0&deg; (N) at 17 mph.   -  Using attachment 5 (as per the not e), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


CUES 
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                          Revision 55 Page 78 of 119 5.30 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4C NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.30.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
  - If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
_______                    5.30.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4C is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4C is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Evaluator's Comments
Required Actions                                          Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10.
Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller C inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________          NO ____________
F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller C inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
G. Verify Chiller B power supply available from the Alternate Power Supply.
H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.13.


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 79 of 119
_______                 5.30.2 IF 1-VS-E-4C will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                          Revision 55 Page 80 of 119 5.31 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
_______                     5.31.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Required Actions                                          Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16.
Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller D inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________          NO ____________
F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 10 of 17      11. Step 5- COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 81 of 119
a) Fill in Item 1 Protective Action Recommendation:
_______                5.31.2 IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.
: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
: 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date
: 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Sign and date form Standards  - Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B - this is a critical step.  
- Completes item 2 by signing and ent ering the current time and date.


Evaluator's Note None CUES  If asked: None Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                        Revision 55 Page 82 of 119 5.32 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4E NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.32.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.
_______                      5.32.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4E is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4E is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Required Actions                                          Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A.
Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14.
Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.
Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.
Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with              _______
Chiller E inoperable. (Check One)                                                              _______
YES ____________          NO ____________
F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller E inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
G. Transfer or verify transferred Chiller D power supply from Normal to Alternate Power Supply.
H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.17.


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 83 of 119
_______                 5.32.2 IF 1-VS-E-4E will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E. Otherwise, enter N/A.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 84 of 119 5.33 Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature Lockout NOTE: For the MER 5 chillers, in the event a single compressor locks out, the chillers will continue to operate and provide reduced cooling with the remaining compressor, however, the chiller should be considered Inoperable.
Attempting to reset a lockout results in unloading both compressors. Cooling will not be available until the chiller is restarted. The chiller should be considered Inoperable.
5.33.1 For the chiller which will be reset, verify the following pumps are operating.
_______
* 1-VS-P-1D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) SW Pump
_______
* 1-VS-P-2D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) Chilled Water Pump
_______                5.33.2 Check below any of the following alarm lights which are LIT.
____ Compressor 1 Lockout
____ Compressor 2 Lockout
____ Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light
____ Low Evaporator Flow
_______                5.33.3 Check the indications on the LED Diagnostics panel for each compressor and record below.
* Compressor 1 ____________________________________
* Compressor 2 ____________________________________
_______                5.33.4 Notify the System Engineer of the cause of the lockout and record the name of the engineer notified below.
System Engineer _____________________________________________ ___________


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 11 of 17    12. Step 6 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE    AUTHORITIES OF PAR:
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                        Revision 55 Page 85 of 119 NOTE: Performing the following step will unload any operating compressor.
- State Emergency Operations C enter notified IAW EPIP-2.01, NOTIFICATION OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
_______            5.33.5 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch for 1-VS-E-4D (4E) in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.
- NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFI CATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)
_______            5.33.6 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D (4E), CR Chlr 4D (4E) Local Control Sw, in ON and wait two minutes before proceeding.
- NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications m ade from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)
_______            5.33.7 IF the Compressor 1 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S5 Compressor 1 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S5 to ON.
Standards (a) Directs State and Local EC- this is a critical step.  
Otherwise, enter N/A.
  (b) Directs NRC EC.
_______            5.33.8 IF the Compressor 2 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S6 Compressor 2 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S6 to ON.
CUES  Tell SRO:  State and Local EC will transmit PAR. Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR. If asked:  HPN has not been requested yet.  
Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______            5.33.9 IF Evaporator Low Temperature Control Open light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______            5.33.10 IF Low Evaporator Flow light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______            5.33.11 IF the System Engineering requests that 1-VS-E-4D (E) be shutdown, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND GO TO Subsection 5.15 (17). Otherwise, enter N/A.
5.33.12 Verify the following alarm lights are OFF.
_______
* Compressor 1 Lockout Light
_______
* Compressor 2 Lockout Light
_______
* Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light


Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.  
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 86 of 119 NOTE: Following reset of the chiller lockouts, normal startup instructions apply.
_______                5.33.13 GO TO Subsection 5.14 (16), Step 5.14.10 (5.16.10).
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature              Initial            Print              Date Signature              Initial            Print              Date


Record Time: ______
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 87 of 119 5.34 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C
_______                5.34.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.34.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A.( )
_______                        ____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        ____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.34.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.34.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
5.34.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
_______                        ____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.34.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service on Loop C IAW Subsection 5.8.


Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 88 of 119 5.34.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
_______                        a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.34.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.
_______                5.34.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.
_______                5.34.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 89 of 119 5.35 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C
_______               5.35.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.35.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ( )
_______                        ____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        ____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        ____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.35.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A.
_______                5.35.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.35.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.35.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4B in service IAW Subsection 5.10.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 90 of 119 5.35.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
_______                       a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.35.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.
_______                5.35.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.
_______                5.35.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
_______                5.35.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 12 of 17       13. Step 7 -
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 91 of 119 5.36 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop A is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.
_______                5.36.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.36.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop A:
_______                        a. 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        c. 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
5.36.3 Verify or align the following valves:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                        b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN.
_______                        c. Open or verify open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                        d. Open or verify open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.


HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRE CTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASUR ES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 92 of 119
Standards    Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.  
_______                              e. Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.
_______                              f. Open or verify open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.
_______                            g. Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET
_______                    5.36.4 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                    5.36.5 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.
5.36.6 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel.
_______                              a. Suction Pressure
_______                            b. Discharge Pressure
_______                              c. Oil Pressure
_______                    5.36.7 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)
CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
_______                    5.36.8 Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.


CUES  Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.  
DOMINION                                                                                                0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision 55 Page 93 of 119 NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.
_______                    5.36.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.
_______                    5.36.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.
_______                    5.36.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts.
CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.
_______                    5.36.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.
CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
5.36.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                              a. Perform Subsection 5.11.
_______                              b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.


Evaluator's Comments
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 94 of 119
 
_______                    c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______ SAT
NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.
_______            5.36.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.
NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.
_______            5.36.15 IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.
_______           5.36.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.
5.36.17 IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                    a. Perform Subsection 5.11.
_______                    b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.
_______                    c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.
_______            5.36.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B.
_______            5.36.19 While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115B between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                            0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 95 of 119
: 14. Step 8 -
_______                 5.36.20 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.
Standards (a) Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.  
_______                  5.36.21 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.
_______                  5.36.22 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
NOTE: Steps 5.36.23 and 5.36.24 may be performed together.
Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.
_______                  5.36.23 Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.
_______                  5.36.24 Perform Attachment 5.
CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
_______                  5.36.25 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date Signature            Initial            Print            Date


CUES  If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies. If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 96 of 119 5.37 Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A NOTE: Prior to evolutions asssociated with 1-VS-E-4B, Shift Supervision must have a full understanding of Chilled Water configuration and verify compliance with Technical Specification 3.23 and 3.14 prior to any manipulations.
Evaluator's Comments
5.37.1 Shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW the following:
_______                        a. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.
_______                        b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.
_______                        c. Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.
5.37.2 Verify or align the following valves:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.
_______                        b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.
_______                        c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.
_______                        d. Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.
_______                        e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                    Revision 55 Page 97 of 119
_______                       f. Open or verify open 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date Signature          Initial        Print          Date


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 98 of 119 5.38 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C
_______               5.38.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7
_______                5.38.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.38.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A.
_______                5.38.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.38.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.38.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4C in service IAW Subsection 5.12.


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 13 of 17       15. Step 9 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 99 of 119 5.38.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
_______                        a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.38.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.
_______                5.38.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.
_______                5.38.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
_______                5.38.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


Standards    (a) Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.  
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 100 of 119 5.39 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A
  (b) Asks Evaluator if RAD/
_______                5.39.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )
RAC recommends a PAR change.   (c) Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.  
_______                5.39.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ( )
____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.39.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.39.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.39.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7
_______                5.39.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service IAW Subsection 5.8.


Evaluator's Comments    STOP TIME:    
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 101 of 119 5.39.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
_______                        a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.39.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.
_______                5.39.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.
_______                5.39.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
_______                5.39.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


_______ SAT
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 102 of 119 5.40 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A
_______               5.40.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.40.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C.( )
____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.40.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C.
_______                5.40.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.40.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7
_______                5.40.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14.


_______ UNSAT
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 103 of 119 5.40.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
_______                       a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.40.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.
_______                5.40.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.
_______                5.40.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR 14 of 17  KEY G2.4.41 SR09301 NUMBER ATIACHMENTTITLE I ATIACHMENT EPIP-1.06 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM REVI S IO N PAGE 8 1 all 1. PROTECTIVE ACT IO N RECO MMENDA TION: 2. [ I S HELTER-iN-PL ACE: __ M ile radius (360") and __ Miles downwind in the following sectors: __________________ _ '2 Mi le radius (360") and E-Miles downwind in the fo ll owing sectors: K. A, B [ I BEYOND 10 MILE EPZ: (Data obtained from Radiological Assessment Director (RAO) or Radiolog ical Assessment Coo rdin ator (RAC) [derived from EPIP-4.07 , PROTECTIVE MEASURES!)
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 104 of 119 5.41 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.
I Evacuate Area: __ Cente r li ne i n degrees; __ Distance in M ile s; __ Width i n feet [ I Shelter-in-p l ace: __ Center li ne in degrees; __ Distance in M iles; __ Width in feet [ 1 POTASSIUM I OD IDE: Recommend im plementation of Potassium Iodide (K I) strategies fo r the genera l public. Th e pro jec ted dose at the si te boundary is 5 Rem Th yroid CDE. APPROVED BY: j.,j. V z or Dare Time Recovery Manager NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE I ATTACHMENT EPIP-1.06 3 PROTECTI V E ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM REVISIO N PAGE 8 1 of 1 1. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION:
_______                5.41.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )
: 2. [ I SHELTER-tN-PLACE
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
: __ M ile radiu s (360") a nd __ Mil es downwind in the following sectors: ___________________ _ '2 Mile radius (360") and ..5..-Mile s downwind in the fo llowing secto r s: f(. A, B [ ] BEYOND 10 MILE EP Z: (Data obtaine d fro m Ra d iol og ic a l Assessment Director (RAO) or R ad i o log i cal Assessment Coord inator (RAC) [der i ved from EPIP-4.07 , PROTECTIVE MEASURES))
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
I E vac uate Area: __ Center li ne i n degrees; __ Distance in Miles; __ Width i n feet [ I Shelter-in
_______                5.41.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.( )
-pla c e: __ Centerline in degrees: __ Distance in M iles; __ Width in f eet [ 1 POTASSIUM IODIDE: R ecomme nd i mplementation of P otass ium Iodide (KI) s trateg i es fo r the general publ ic. Th e pro je cted dose at the site boundary is 5 Rem Thyroid CDE. APPROVED BY: __ -.,,/L...
____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
Z S alian mtr'Qency Manager or Recovery Manager ;,,-1. J I ndW Time Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR G2.4.41 SR09301 15 of 17  Evaluator's Summary  CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS
____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.41.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.41.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
5.41.5 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        c. Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.


Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the M CR, the Simulator, or classroom.  
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 105 of 119
_______                        d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        f. Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.
_______                5.41.6 Place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14.
_______                5.41.7 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.
_______                5.41.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.
_______                5.41.9 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


Initiating Cues Significant event notification. EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.  
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                            Revision 55 Page 106 of 119 5.42 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4D to 1-VS-E-4E in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.
_______                5.42.1 Secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
5.42.2 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.
_______                        b. Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        f. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.
_______                5.42.3 Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print            Date Signature            Initial          Print            Date


Directions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:  The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid co llapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensiv e damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days. #1 EDG tripped on overspeed dur ing start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel ex perienced extremely high vibr ations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently locally tripped. All radiation monitors indica te pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the ac tions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 107 of 119 5.43 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A
Record classification and EAL identifier:
_______                5.43.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.43.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ( )
____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.43.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C.
_______                5.43.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.43.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )
____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7
_______                5.43.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16.


______________________  _________________________
DOMINION                                                                                  0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 108 of 119 5.43.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:
Licensed Operator Programs  Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the MCR, simulator, or classroom. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
_______                        a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
Initiating Cues EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3.  
_______                        b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
_______                        c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.43.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.
_______                5.43.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.
_______                5.43.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date Signature          Initial          Print          Date


Directions
DOMINION                                                                                      0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 109 of 119 5.44 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.
_______                5.44.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )
____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6
____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5
_______                5.44.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.( )
____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.
____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.44.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.
_______                5.44.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
5.44.5 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        c. Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.


This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 110 of 119
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protecti ve Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Re commendations in its entirety. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180
_______                        d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.
&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impedim ents making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.  
_______                        e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        f. Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.
_______                5.44.6 Place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16.
_______                5.44.7 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.
_______                5.44.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.
_______                5.44.9 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date Signature          Initial          Print            Date


COMMON    PROCEDURE NO:0-OP-VS-006SURRY POWER STATIONREVISION NO:
DOMINION                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                          Revision 55 Page 111 of 119 5.45 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4E to 1-VS-E-4D in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.
55PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATING PROCEDUREUNIT NO:1 & 2PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROL ROOM AND RELAY ROOMVENTILATION SYSTEMREVISION
_______                5.45.1 Secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.
5.45.2 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:
_______                        a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.
_______                        b. Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.
_______                        d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______                        f. Close of verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.
_______                5.45.3 Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print          Date Signature            Initial          Print          Date ATTACHMENTS


==SUMMARY==
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 112 of 119 (Page 1 of 2)
:Revised in response to OP FB 09-0078*Delete Subsections 5.46, 5.47, and 5.48 for backwashing strainers and move to new procedure 0-OSP-VS-011PROCEDURE USED:EntirelyPartiallyNote: If used partially, note reasons in remarks.PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED:NO YESNote: If YES, note problems in remarks.REMARKS: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Attachment 1 OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATION TABLE 1 - POWER SUPPLIES - By Chiller Chiller                E              D              A              B            C Norm /                  1H          2J /            1J /          1J /            2H Alt                              1H              2J            2H TABLE 2 - POWER SUPPLIES - By Bus BUS                1H              1J                2J          2H Chillers          E, Dalt      A norm Bnorm      Dnorm A alt    C, Balt TABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS                1H            1J              2J          2H Operable Chillers TS Requirement: Three operable chillers, powered from three of the four Emergency Buses with one of the three operable chillers capable of being powered from the fourth Emergency Bus.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________(Use back for additional remarks.)SHIFT SUPERVISION:DATE: CONTINUOUS USE TABLE OF CONTENTSSectionPageDominion0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 2 of 1191.0PURPOSE


==52.0REFERENCES==
DOMINION                                                                                        0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                              Revision 55 Page 113 of 119 (Page 2 of 2)
Attachment 1 OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATION TABLE 4 - OPERABLE COMBINATIONS BUS              1H            1J              2J            2H Combination 1        E          Anorm          Dnorm              C Combination 2        E          Anorm          Dnorm            Balt Combination 3        E          Anorm            A alt            C Combination 4        E          Anorm            A alt          *Balt Combination 5        E            Bnorm          Dnorm              C Combination 6        E            Bnorm        *Dnorm            Balt Combination 7        E            Bnorm          A alt            C Combination 8        E            Bnorm          *A alt          Balt Combination 9        Dalt        *Anorm          Dnorm              C Combination 10      Dalt        *Anorm          Dnorm            *Balt Combination 11      *Dalt        Anorm            A alt            C Combination 12      *Dalt        Anorm            A alt          *Balt Combination 13      Dalt        *Bnorm          Dnorm              C Combination 14      Dalt          Bnorm          A alt            C Combination 15      *Dalt          Bnorm          A alt          Balt NOTE: An asterisk denotes the power supply to which the specified chiller must be aligned in order to create a valid Operable Combination.


53.0INITIAL CONDITIONS84.0PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS8
DOMINION                                                                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                                                                  Revision 55 Page 114 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 2 CONTROL ROOM/ESGR CHILLED WATER SYSTEM OVERVIEW NOTE: This drawing does not show required system valve positions. Valve positions will change as required by the applicable subsections of this procedure.
F 209                                                            F 208 2J                              2/208                                                              2H 2/9                                                  2/8 2/201                                                      2/224              2/223 MCR                                                  MCR F 101                                                            F 102 206                          1J 1/1                  1H                              1/2 201                                        B              224                223 MCR                                                  MCR F 207                                                            F 106 2/216 2/7                                                  1/6 2/209                                      220              232                231 ESGR                                                  ESGR F 107      216                                                  F 206 131 F A                              1/7                                                  2/6 209                                                        2/232              2/231 Chilled Water  ESGR                      573        572            ESGR Loop A Chilled Water Loop C 648        570      571                285                  286 647            643                                                        1020                  1021 132E F          132D F                    1039 960                  961                    962 T 132E            T 132D 651    653 Norm                                Norm                  Norm 2J                                  1J                    1J 219    222    E-4E  1H      E-4D                              E-4A                  E-4B                  E-4C    2H 1H                                  2J                    2H Alt                                  Alt                  Alt F        F T 121E            T 121D                              T 121E 133    134            646            642                                287                    291                  295 652    654          P-2E            P-2D                                P-2A                  P-2B                  P-2C TK-100A 644            640                            290                    294                  296 558 639        569      568              299                    300 2-BC-                            1038 TK-5          659 574          575 Graphics No: PC871A A                                    B CONTROL ROOM / ESGR CHILLED WATER SYSTEM OVERVIEW


==5.0 INSTRUCTIONS==
DOMINION                                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                      Revision 55 Page 115 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
125.1Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation 125.2Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System 145.3Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System 165.4Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service 18 5.5Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service 215.6Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service 245.7Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service 27 5.8Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 305.9Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 365.10Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 375.11Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 425.12Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 435.13Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 48 5.14Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 495.15Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 545.16Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 55 5.17Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 605.18Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A 615.19Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop C 63 TABLE OF CONTENTSSectionPageDominion0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 3 of 1195.20Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate 655.21Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal 665.22Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate 675.23Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal 685.24Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service 695.25Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from Service 715.26Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service 725.27Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service 735.28Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4A 745.29Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4B 765.30Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4C 785.31Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D 805.32Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4E 825.33Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature Lockout 845.34Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 875.35Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 895.36Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 915.37Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 965.38Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 985.39Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 100 TABLE OF CONTENTSSectionPageDominion0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 4 of 1195.40Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 1025.41Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 1045.42Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 1065.43Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 1075.44Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 1095.45Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 111 ATTACHMENTS1Operable Combination Determination 1122Control Room/ESGR Chilled Water System Overview 114 3Control Room Chiller Power Supplies 1154MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks 1165Chilled Water Loop A AHU Flow Throttling and Verification 117 6Chilled Water Loop C AHU Flow Throttling and Verification 1187MER 5 Chiller Diagnostics 119 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 5 of 1191.0PURPOSE1.1To provide instructions for the normal operation of the Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System and associated subsystems.
Attachment 3 CONTROL ROOM CHILLER POWER SUPPLIES NORM ALT            NORM      NORM            ALT 24J1-6 ALT                      MCC 2J1-1        MCC 1J1-1 MCC 1J1-1        MCC 2H1-1 Bkr 9B          Bkr 2B    Bkr 6C          Bkr 4A 1-EP-         2-EP-BKR-152        BKR-152 1-EP-         1-EP-       2-EP-         2-EP-BKR-151      BKR-150      BKR-150      BKR-151 14H1-6 1-EP-CS-101 1-EP-CS-100                2-EP-CS-200 MCC 1H-1B 1B 1-VS-P-1E                  MCC 1K2 1C 1-VS-AC-222          1B 1-VS-P-1D                MCC 1K1                    MCC 2K1                  MCC 2H1-1 1D 1-VS-E-4E            1C 1-VS-AC-219          1B 1-VS-P-1A              1B 1-VS-P-1B              3D 1-VS-P-1C 2C 1-VS-P-2E            1D 1-VS-E-4D             1C 1-VS-P-2A              1C 1-VS-P-2B              4D 1-VS-P-2C 2D 1-EP-MCC-1K2          2F 1-VS-P-2D            1E 1-VS-E-4A              1E 1-VS-E-4B             5A 1-VS-E-4C E-4E                E-4D                     E-4A                      E-4B                      E-4C Graphics No. CS894B CHILLED WATER SYSTEM CONTROL ROOM CHILLERS' POWER SUPPLIES


==2.0REFERENCES==
DOMINION                                                                                              0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                    Revision 55 Page 116 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 4 MER 3 CHILLER OPERATING CHECKS NOTE: SW Delta P limits for 1-VS-E-4A/4C are different than 1-VS-E-4B due to larger Condenser tubes.
Parameter                              Minimum          Actual        Maximum Compressor Discharge Pressure (PSIG)                                150                          265 Compressor Suction Pressure (PSIG)                                  55                            75 Comp Suct Oil Pressure (PSIG)                                                                              N/A
                                                                    +10 PSIG Oil Level (%)                                                        30                            75 Chilled Water Temperature Setpoint (&deg;F)                              40                            50 SW Pump Discharge Pressure (PSIG)                                    30                            60 Service Water Inlet Temperature (&deg;F)                                85                          100 Service Water Outlet Temperature (&deg;F)                                85                          110 1-VS-E-4A / 4C Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID)              2.0      (1)                  5 1-VS-E-4B Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID)                    3.5      (1)                  7 2-VS-TI-216, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (2)                45 (4) 2-VS-TI-217, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (2)                  60 2-VS-TI-212, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (2)                45 (4) 2-VS-TI-213, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (2)                  60 2-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (3)                45 (4) 2-VS-TI-215, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (3)                  60 2-VS-TI-210, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (3)                45 (4) 2-VS-TI-211, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F)                37      (3)                  60
_______              1. IF any parameter is exceeded, THEN have Maintenance perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chiller Performance Checks, to determine chiller operability.
(1) A Condition Report should be submitted if Condenser Differential Pressure is greater than 5 psid (1-VS-E-4A/4C) or 7 psid (1-VS-E-4B) If pump suction pressure is less than or equal to 20.2 inches Hg, notify Shift Supervision for operability. (Reference 2.3.25)
(2) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop A. Otherwise, enter N/A.
(3) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop C. Otherwise, enter N/A.
(4) If operating in single chiller mode, maximum temperature limit is 50&deg;F.
Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______
Signature            Initial          Print              Date


2.1Source Documents2.1.1UFSAR Section 9.13, Auxiliary Ventilation Systems 2.2Technical Specifications Surry Power Stations Units 1 and 22.2.1Section 3.14, Circulating and Service Water Systems2.2.2Section 3.23, Main Control Room and Emergency Switchgear Room Air Conditioning System 2.3Technical Documents2.3.111448-FB-41A, Sheet 1 and 2, Chilled Water System 2.3.211448-FM-71D, Circulating and Service Water System 2.3.311448-ESK-6FB1, Elementary Diagram MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C2.3.411448-ESK-6FC15, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4DCAUTIONFollowing a loss of offsite power (with SI) it may be necessary to give EDG 3 to the non-accident unit to supply power to an AHU in all four areas. ( )-AP-10.07, Loss of Unit ( ) Power, provides guidance for performing these electrical lineups.
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                 Revision 55 Page 117 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 6 of 1192.3.511448-ESK-6FC16, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4E2.3.6DCP 90-15, Control Room/Emergency Switchgear Room AHU Upgrades 2.3.7Safety Evaluation 93-189, Minimum MCR AHU Chilled Water Flows 2.3.8DCP 90-07-3, MER 3 HVAC and Electrical Ductbank Modifications 2.3.9DCP 90-08-3, MER 5 Chiller Addition2.3.100-OP-VS-006A, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System Alignment2.3.110-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control RoomChiller 1-VS-E-4A2.3.120-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B 2.3.130-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.140-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control RoomChiller 1-VS-E-4D2.3.150-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E 2.3.16ET S-97-0016, MCR Chiller Recirculation PCV Strokes 2.3.17ET S-97-0288, 1-VS-E-4D and 4E Suction Pressure 2.3.18EN CALC EE-0771, Removal of Electrical Restrictions for Operation of MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C2.3.19TSCR 303, Revision of MCR and ESGR Air Conditioning System Requirements2.3.20ET S-07-0056, Evaluation of 1-VS-E-4A Delta Pressure 2.3.21ET S-07-0063, Service Water Differential Pressure & Chilled Water Temperature Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4A/Surry/U-12.3.22DCP 07-007, Control Room AC Chilled Water Pipe Replacement DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 7 of 1192.3.23ET-S-08-0013, Service Water Differential Pressure Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4C2.3.24TSCR 397, Increased Maximum Service Water Temperature2.3.25ME-0621, Service Water Charging Pump Subsystem Pipe 2000 Evaluation 2.4Commitment Documents2.4.1CTS 2070, LER S1-93-005, 2 of 3 Control Room Chillers inoperable 2.4.2CTS 3526, Prohibit Manual Operation of MCR/ESGR AHU Dampers 2.4.3PI S-2000-1923, Operable MCR/ESGR Air Conditioning 2.4.4PI S-2000-2741, Low Recirc Flow on 1-VS-E-4D 2.4.5PI S-2001-1772, Low Evaporator Flow Reset 2.4.6PI-S-2002-2937, Operation of Chiller Thermostat in Vicinity of energized Circuits2.4.7PI-S-2004-2444, Service Water Shortfall on 1-VS-E-4E During Recirc Testing2.4.8PI-S-2004-3768, MCR Chiller SW Inlet Temperature 2.4.9PI-S-2004-2298, MCR Chiller SW Differential Pressure2.4.10PI-S-2005-1695, SW Flow to an Operating Chiller 2.4.11PI-S-2006-4626, Operability With Compressor Locked Out 2.4.12PI-S-2004-4809, Provision for VS-S-1A/1B Backwash 2.4.13OD000189, 2-VS-AC-9 Back Draft Damper DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 8 of 119InitVerif3.0INITIAL CONDITIONS_______3.1The Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System has been aligned IAW procedure 0-OP-VS-006A.4.0PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS4.1Chillers must be operated with Chilled Water Loop A and Loop C aligned as separate loops.4.2Power must be supplied to an MER 3 chiller for a minimum of 4 hours and to an MER 5 chiller for a minimum of 8 hours before the chiller is started. This ensures adequate crankcase heating which removes freon from the oil.4.3The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.4.4The following thermostat setting limitations apply for all MER 3 Control Room Chiller starts. (Reference 2.4.1)4.4.1Adjusting the Chilled Water thermostat requires manipulating controls inside an energized electrical panel. Use of a non-conductive screwdriver (kept in the non-SQC storage locker in the MCR Annex) is recommended.4.4.2Before starting the chiller, the Chilled Water thermostat must be set to 65&deg;F. 4.4.3Following chiller start, the thermostat should be decreased to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, allowing time for the chilled water temperature to stabilize between steps.4.4.4When the chiller is operating in a stable condition with the thermostatat 45&deg;F, the thermostat will be adjusted as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F AHU inlet temperature on the respective chilled water loop.
Attachment 5 CHILLED WATER LOOP A AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION CAUTION
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 9 of 1194.5The MER 3 chillers strainer backwash valves (1-SW-317, 1-SW-327, or 2-SW-337), are open when the arrow or scribe mark on the respective valve's stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the Service Water piping. (Reference 2.4.1)4.6To ensure an adequate heat sink for the MER 3 chiller condensers and prevent possibly lifting a chiller freon relief valve when an MER 3 chiller is started, the respective strainer backwash valve must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure on the associated Chiller Condenser Service Water Pump.4.7To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the MER 3 chiller condensers, MER 3 Control Room Chiller compressors shall not be started and the MCR switch for any MER 3 Control Room Chiller being aligned for startup must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.4.8AHU 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, shall not be aligned to both Chilled Water loops at the same time. In order to ensure cooling is maintained to MER 3, AHU 1-VS-AC-220 should remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C when any MER 3 Chiller is operating unless otherwise directed by an approved procedure.4.9Chiller 1-VS-E-4A will normally be aligned in a standby mode for Chilled Water Loop C and aligned to the Normal feeder (1J). Operation of 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A requires re-alignment to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18.4.10To prevent possible overloading of an Emergency Bus, only one chiller at a time may be operating on any one Emergency Bus.
* Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 10 of 1194.11Minimum Chilled Water flows for the Control Room / ESGR AHUs are listed in the table below. (Reference 2.3.7)4.12Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.4.13When Chilled Water flow to any AHU is changed, acceptable Chilled Water flow must be verified to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop IAW Attachment5 or Attachment6 as applicable.4.14AHUs should be placed in service on a Chilled Water Loop before starting a chiller on the same loop.4.15Attachment5 or Attachment6 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of acceptable Chilled Water Flow to the MCR/ESGR AHUs.4.16To prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to the MCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.4.17The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if any MER 3 Chiller Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.Mark NumberArea ServedMinimum Flow1-VS-AC-1Unit 1 MCR10 gpm1-VS-AC-2Unit 1 MCR10 gpm1-VS-AC-6Unit 1 ESGR85 gpm1-VS-AC-7Unit 1 ESGR85 gpm2-VS-AC-6Unit 2 ESGR85 gpm2-VS-AC-7Unit 2 ESGR85 gpm2-VS-AC-8Unit 2 MCR20 gpm2-VS-AC-9Unit 2 MCR20 gpm DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 11 of 1194.18In the tables contained in this procedure which contain Required Actions for chiller inoperability, the Control Room Chillers will be referred to by the letters "A" through "E". The "1-VS-E-4" part of the chiller mark number is to be understood.4.19Attachment1 contains tables that identify which 4160 Volt Emergency Bus serves as the Normal (and Alternate where applicable) power source for each Control Room Chiller and those combinations of operable Control Room Chillers which will satisfy Technical Specification 3.23.4.20Subsections 5.28 through 5.32 provide the major steps for ensuring continued compliance with Tech Spec 3.23. Individual component manipulations are to be performed IAW referenced subsections and/or procedures.4.21The words "Operable Combination" as used in this procedure are defined to mean a group of operable chillers which together satisfy the requirements of Technical Specification 3.23 so that entry in to a Technical Specification clock is not required.4.22Attachment1 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of an Operable Combination of Control Room Chillers.4.23Allowable single chiller operation alignments are as follows:Loop A Chiller A or Chiller D or Chiller ELoop CChiller A or Chiller B or Chiller CAlignment of 1-VS-E-4B on Loop A and alignment of 1-VS-E-4D or 1VS-E-4E on Loop C are provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project. 4.24Subsection references are included for guidance when manipulations are required to achieve the desired alignment and do not need to be performed to verify condition(s) that exist from prior procedural performance.4.25If any parameter in Attachment4, MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks is exceeded, the HVAC Crew will be required to perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chillers Performance Checks to determine chiller operability.
_______                1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 12 of 119InitVerif5.0INSTRUCTIONS 5.1Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation5.1.1Verify stopped or stop the following fans._______a.1-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN_______b.1-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN_______c.2-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN_______d.2-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN5.1.2Verify closed or close the following dampers._______a.1-VS-MOD-104A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD_______b.1-VS-MOD-104B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD_______c.2-VS-MOD-204A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD_______d.2-VS-MOD-204B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD5.1.3Verify open or open the following isolation dampers._______a.1-VS-MOD-103A, CONT ROOM SUP MOD_______b.1-VS-MOD-103B, CONT ROOM EXH MOD_______c.1-VS-MOD-103C, CONT ROOM SUP MOD_______d.1-VS-MOD-103D, CONT ROOM EXH MOD_______5.1.4Start or verify running 1-VS-AC-4, Service Building HV Unit.
(Reference 2.3.7)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 13 of 119_______5.1.5Start or verify running 1-VS-F-15, CONT / RELAY RM EXH FAN._______5.1.6Record the following indications.*PDI-VS-100, D.P.-U1CR/U1TB ________Inches of Water*PDI-VS-101, D.P.-U1RR/U1TB ________ Inches of Water
Table 1 AHU Mark          AHU Flow            Minimum      AHU Throttle Number            Indicator            Flow            Valve        Initials 1-VS-AC-7        1-VS-FI-107          85 GPM        1-VS-216 2-VS-AC-7       2-VS-FI-207          85 GPM          2-VS-216 1-VS-AC-1       1-VS-FI-101          10 GPM          1-VS-208 2-VS-AC-9       2-VS-FI-209          20 GPM          2-VS-208
*PDI-VS-200, D.P.-U2CR/U2TB ________ Inches of Water
_______                2. IF 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.
*PDI-VS-201, D.P.-U2RR/U2TB ________ Inches of Water_______5.1.7IF any of the recorded values in Step 5.1.6 do not indicate a positive MCR pressure, THEN stop 1-VS-F-15, AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.5.1.8Start or verify operating both Chilled Water Loops IAW the following subsections._______*Subsection 5.2, Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System_______*Subsection 5.3, Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water SystemSignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________CAUTIONTo prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to theMCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 14 of 119 5.2Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System5.2.1Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled Water Loop A Air Handlers in ON._______a.1-VS-AC-1, CONT ROOM AHU_______b.2-VS-AC-9, CONT ROOM AHU_______c.1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU_______d.2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU_______5.2.2For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections for two chiller operations. () Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operation.____Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service
_______                3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.
____Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service5.2.3For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation._______a.Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service_______b.Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 15 of 119NOTE:Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both._______5.2.4Start or verify running ONE chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop A in accordance with one of the following Subsections. () Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop C.____Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER____Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER____Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOMCHILLERSignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
Table 2 AHU Mark            AHU Flow        Minimum        As Left Number              Indicator        Flow          Flow        Initials 1-VS-AC-7         1-VS-FI-107        85 GPM    _______GPM 2-VS-AC-7         2-VS-FI-207        85 GPM    _______GPM 1-VS-AC-1         1-VS-FI-101        10 GPM    _______GPM 2-VS-AC-9          2-VS-FI-209        20 GPM    _______GPM Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 16 of 119 5.3Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System5.3.1Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled WaterLoop C Air Handlers in ON._______a.1-VS-AC-2, CONT ROOM AHU_______b.2-VS-AC-8, CONT ROOM AHU_______c.1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU_______d.2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU_______5.3.2For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections. () Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operations.____Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service
____Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service5.3.3For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation.___________Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service___________Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 17 of 119NOTE:Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both._______5.3.4Start or verify running one chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop C in accordance with one of the following Subsections. () Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop A.____Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER____Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER____Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOMCHILLERSignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 18 of 119 5.4Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service_______5.4.1Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON._______5.4.2Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON._______5.4.3Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF._______5.4.4AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.NOTE:Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs._______5.4.5Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF eitherP gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTERCAUTIONIn order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of theassociated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated. (Reference 2.4.2)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 19 of 119NOTE:Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.4.6 and 5.4.9._______5.4.6Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-2 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination._______5.4.7Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-1 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.4.8Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTER_______5.4.9Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination. TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0  0.3 or  0.90 1.0< 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 20 of 119_______5.4.10Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.4.11IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-1 or 1-VS-AC-7 is desired, THEN perform Attachment5. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________ TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 or  1.5 1.6< 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H 2 00.90  1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 21 of 119 5.5Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service_______5.5.1Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON._______5.5.2Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON._______5.5.3Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF._______5.5.4AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.NOTE:Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs._______5.5.5Verify the following Magnehelic DP gauges for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTERCAUTIONIn order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of theassociated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.(Reference 2.4.2)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 22 of 119NOTE:Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.5.6 and 5.5.9._______5.5.6Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-1 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination._______5.5.7Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-2 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.5.8Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTER_______5.5.9Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination. TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0  0.3 or  0.90 1.0< 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 23 of 119_______5.5.10Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.5.11IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-2 or 1-VS-AC-6 is desired, THEN perform Attachment6. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________ TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 or  1.5 1.6< 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H 2 00.90  1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 24 of 119 5.6Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service_______5.6.1Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON._______5.6.2Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON._______5.6.3Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF._______5.6.4AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.NOTE:Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs._______5.6.5Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTERCAUTIONIn order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of theassociated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.
(Reference 2.4.2)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 25 of 119NOTE:Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.6.6 and 5.6.9._______5.6.6Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-9 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination._______5.6.7Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-8 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.6.8Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTER_______5.6.9Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination. TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0  0.3 or  0.90 1.0< 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 26 of 119_______5.6.10Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.6.11IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-6 or 2-VS-AC-8 is desired, THEN perform Attachment6. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________ TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 or  1.5 1.6< 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H 2 00.90  1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 27 of 119 5.7Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service_______5.7.1Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON._______5.7.2Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON._______5.7.3Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF._______5.7.4AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.NOTE:Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs._______5.7.5Verify the following MagnehelicP gauges for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTERCAUTIONIn order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated to the full open or full closed positions. (Reference 2.4.2)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 28 of 119NOTE:Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.7.6 and 5.7.9._______5.7.6Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-8 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination._______5.7.7Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-9 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded. IF coil dp is less than 0.30 in/H2O, THEN manually open air handler backdraft damper per OD000189 AND record data again. _______5.7.8Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.____COIL
____FILTER_______5.7.9Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination. TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0  0.3 or  0.90 1.0< 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 29 of 119_______5.7.10Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded._______5.7.11IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-7 or 2-VS-AC-9 is desired, THEN perform Attachment5. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________ TABLE 1 Notify Shift SupervisionAcceptable ReadingNotify System Engineering for Operability DeterminationCOIL ________ in/H 2 0 0.90 or  1.5 1.6< 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H 2 00.90  1.0> 1.0 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 30 of 119 5.8Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER5.8.1IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Verify 1-VS-E-4A is aligned for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18._______b.Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15._______c.Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4E IAW Subsection 5.17._______d.Open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL._______5.8.2IF 1-VS-E-4A is currently aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, AND is required to supply Chilled Water Loop C, THEN align 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop C IAW Subsection 5.19. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONWhen operation on Chilled Water Loop A is desired, 1-VS-E-4A must first be aligned for Loop A Standby IAW Subsection 5.18 of this procedure.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 31 of 1195.8.3IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11._______b.Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4C IAW Subsection 5.13._______c.Open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN._______d.Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN._______5.8.4Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.8.5Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.5.8.6Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4A local control panel._______a.Suction Pressure_______b.Discharge Pressure_______c.Oil Pressure_______5.8.7Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4A to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 32 of 119_______5.8.8Open 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A.NOTE:With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will ca use service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-317 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started. _______5.8.9Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON._______5.8.10Locally verify 1-VS-P-2A, CHILLER 4A CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts._______5.8.11Locally verify 1-VS-P-1A, CHILLER 4A SW PUMP, starts._______5.8.12IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A, 1-VS-P-1A Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116A. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONStrainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-317 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)CAUTIONTo ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-317 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 33 of 1195.8.13IF 1-SW-TI-115A, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates morethan 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.9_______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.NOTE:The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4A Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps._______5.8.14Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.NOTE:The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint. _______5.8.15IF 1-VS-E-4A did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4A is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A._______5.8.16WHEN the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONTo prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not bestarted and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature atthe chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 34 of 1195.8.17IF 1-VS-E-4A fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.9._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.8.18Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115A._______5.8.19IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter


N/A._______5.8.20IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter
DOMINION                                                                                          0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                Revision 55 Page 118 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
Attachment 6 CHILLED WATER LOOP C AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION CAUTION
* Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.
_______                1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled.
(Reference 2.3.7)
Table 1 AHU Mark          AHU Flow            Minimum      AHU Throttle Number            Indicator            Flow            Valve        Initials 1-VS-AC-6        1-VS-FI-106          85 GPM        1-VS-232 2-VS-AC-6        2-VS-FI-206          85 GPM        2-VS-232 1-VS-AC-2        1-VS-FI-102          10 GPM        1-VS-224 2-VS-AC-8         2-VS-FI-208          20 GPM        2-VS-224
_______                2. IF 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______                3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.
Table 2 AHU Mark            AHU Flow          Minimum        As Left Number              Indicator          Flow          Flow        Initials 1-VS-AC-6          1-VS-FI-106        85 GPM    _______GPM 2-VS-AC-6          2-VS-FI-206        85 GPM    _______GPM 1-VS-AC-2         1-VS-FI-102        10 GPM    _______GPM 2-VS-AC-8          2-VS-FI-208        20 GPM    _______GPM Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________


N/A.NOTE:Steps 5.8.21 and 5.8.22 may be performed together.Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment4._______5.8.21Check 1-VS-E-4A for proper operation by completing Attachment4.
DOMINION                                                                                                                                                    0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station                                                                                                                                           Revision 55 Page 119 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 35 of 1195.8.22Perform one of the following attachments._______a.IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform Attachment5. Otherwise, enter N/A._______b.IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform Attachment6. Otherwise, enter N/A.5.8.23WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4A chiller is obtained, THEN perform one of the following substeps. Enter N/A for the substep not performed._______a.IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115Abetween 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A._______b.IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________CAUTIONTo prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4A, the chiller thermostat may requireadjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
Attachment 7 MER 5 CHILLER DIAGNOSTICS LED Energized LED Deenergized 1                   1                       1                     1                   1                       1 Compressor 1               Compressor 1         Compressor 1               Compressor 1       Compressor 1           Compressor 1 2                   2                       2                     2                   2                       2 3                   3                       3                     3                   3                       3 1                   1                       1                     1                   1                       1 Compressor 2               Compressor 2         Compressor 2               Compressor 2       Compressor 2           Compressor 2 2                   2                       2                     2                   2                       2 3                   3                       3                     3                   3                       3 Start      Compressor 1         Compressor 1               Compressor 1       Compressor 1               Load Limit Mode          Step 1             Step 1 & 2                 Full Load          Full Load                Operation Loaded                Loaded                                      Compressor 2 Step 1 Loaded 1                   1                       1                     1                   1                       1 Compressor 1               Compressor 1         Compressor 1               Compressor 1       Compressor 1           Compressor 1 2                   2                       2                     2                   2                       2 3                   3                       3                     3                   3                       3 1                   1                       1                     1                   1                       1 Compressor 2               Compressor 2         Compressor 2               Compressor 2       Compressor 2           Compressor 2 2                   2                       2                     2                   2                       2 3                   3                       3                     3                   3                       3 Compressor 1   Compressor 1                      Setpoint/Low              Compressor 1       Compressor 2             Low Temp.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 36 of 119 5.9Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.9.1Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF._______5.9.2Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.9.3Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN._______5.9.4Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
Full Load       Full Load                       Temp. Control             Low Pressure        Low Pressure               Control Compressor 2   Compressor 2                       Overlap                    Lockout            Lockout                  Lockout Step 1 & 2 Loaded  Full Load Graphics No. CS4549}}
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 37 of 119 5.10Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.10.1Verify 1-VS-E-4C is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.13. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.10.2IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.10.3Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.10.4Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.5.10.5Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel._______a.Suction Pressure_______b.Discharge Pressure_______c.Oil Pressure_______5.10.6Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)5.10.7Perform the following Chilled Water alignment._______a.Verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN._______b.Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN._______c.Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 38 of 119_______5.10.8Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.NOTE:With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will ca use service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started. _______5.10.9Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON._______5.10.10Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts._______5.10.11Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts._______5.10.12IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONStrainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe markis perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)CAUTIONTo ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 39 of 1195.10.13IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates morethan 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.11._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.NOTE:The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps._______5.10.14Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.NOTE:The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint. _______5.10.15IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A._______5.10.16WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONTo prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not bestarted and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature atthe chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 40 of 1195.10.17IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.11._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.10.18Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B._______5.10.19While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115Bbetween 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.NOTE:Steps 5.10.20 and 5.10.21 may be performed together.Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment4._______5.10.20Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment4._______5.10.21Perform Attachment6.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 41 of 119_______5.10.22WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________CAUTIONTo prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may requireadjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 42 of 119 5.11Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.11.1Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF._______5.11.2Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.11.3Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 43 of 119 5.12Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.12.1Verify 1-VS-E-4B is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.11. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.12.2IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.12.3Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.12.4Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.5.12.5Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4C local control panel._______*Suction Pressure_______*Discharge Pressure_______*Oil Pressure_______5.12.6Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4C to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)_______5.12.7Open 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET._______5.12.8Open 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C.CAUTIONStrainer Backwash Header Isolation 2-SW-337 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 44 of 119NOTE:With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will ca use service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 2-SW-337 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started._______5.12.9Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON._______5.12.10Locally verify 1-VS-P-2C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM AC CHILLED WATER PUMP 2C, starts._______5.12.11Locally verify 1-VS-P-1C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM CHILLER CNDSR 4C SW PUMP, starts._______5.12.12IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C, 1-VS-P-1C Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-DPI-116C. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONTo ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 2-SW-337 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C
.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 45 of 1195.12.13IF 1-SW-TI-115C, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates morethan 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.13._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.NOTE:The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4C Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps._______5.12.14Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.NOTE:The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint. _______5.12.15IF 1-VS-E-4C did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4C is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A._______5.12.16WHEN the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.CAUTIONTo prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not bestarted and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 46 of 1195.12.17IF 1-VS-E-4C fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.13._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.12.18Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C._______5.12.19While adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115Cbetween 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.NOTE:Steps 5.12.20 and 5.12.21 may be performed together.Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take upto 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment4._______5.12.20Check 1-VS-E-4C for proper operation by completing Attachment4._______5.12.21Perform Attachment6.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 47 of 119_______5.12.22WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4C chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Inlet Temperature.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________CAUTIONTo prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4C, the chiller thermostat may requireadjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 48 of 119 5.13Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.13.1Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF._______5.13.2Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.13.3Close 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 49 of 119 5.14Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.14.1Verify 1-VS-E-4E is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.17._______5.14.2IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.NOTE:The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel._______5.14.3Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______5.14.4Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.5.14.5At 1-SW-PNL-2, CR CHILLER 4D COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps._______a.Verify the green -15V and
+15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON._______b.Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON. Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton._______c.IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.WARNINGTo prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 50 of 119NOTE:The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100D full closed and 1-SW-PCV-101D full open). Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded._______5.14.6Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in ON.5.14.7IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133D, CR CHILLER 4D SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4._______a.Throttle 1-SW-775, CR Chiller 4D SW Recirc PCV-101D, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______1.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF._______2.Notify the System Engineer._______3.Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A._______4.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.14.8Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FIS-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD FLOW IND SWITCH. Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm._______5.14.9Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON._______5.14.10Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 51 of 119NOTE:The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel._______5.14.11Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.5.14.12IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______b.Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______c.Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______d.Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______e.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF._______f.Notify the System Engineer._______g.Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A._______h.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.14.13Verify the 1-VS-E-4D chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 52 of 119NOTE:Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take upto 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step. 5.14.14After 1-VS-E-4D has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits._______a.1-SW-TI-115D, CR CHILLER 4D SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F_______b.1-SW-TI-109D, CR CHILLER 4D SW OUTLET TEMP IND,less than or equal to 115&deg;F_______c.1-SW-PDI-130D, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4D SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid_______d.COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig_______e.COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS_______f.COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig_______g.COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig_______h.COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS_______i.COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig_______j.1-VS-TI-121D, CR CHILLER 4D CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55&deg;F DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 53 of 119_______k.1-VS-TI-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD OUTLET TEMP IND, between 38&deg;F to 45&deg;Fl.IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4D by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______1.Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______2.Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically._______3.Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______4.Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______6.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF._______7.Notify the System Engineer._______5.14.15IF 1-VS-E-4D COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.14.16Perform Attachment5.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 54 of 119 5.15Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.15.1Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______5.15.2Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically._______5.15.3Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.15.4Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.15.5WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.15.6Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF._______5.15.7IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: ______________________________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 55 of 119 5.16Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLERNOTE:Attachment 7 contains a graphic of MER 5 Chiller diagnostics._______5.16.1Verify 1-VS-E-4D is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.15._______5.16.2IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.NOTE:The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel._______5.16.3Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______5.16.4Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.5.16.5At 1-SW-PNL-3, CR CHILLER 4E COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps._______a.Verify the green -15V and
+15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON._______b.Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON. Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton._______c.IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.WARNINGTo prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 56 of 119NOTE:The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100E full closed and 1-SW-PCV
-101E full open). Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded._______5.16.6Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in ON.5.16.7IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133E, CR CHILLER 4E SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4._______a.Throttle 1-SW-780, CR Chiller 4E SW Recirc PCV-101E Inlet, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______1.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF._______2.Notify the System Engineer._______3.Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A._______4.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.16.8Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicatedon 1-VS-FIS-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD FLOW IND SWITCH. Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm._______5.16.9Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON._______5.16.10Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 57 of 119NOTE:The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel.
_______5.16.11Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.5.16.12IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______b.Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______c.Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______d.Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______e.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF._______f.Notify the System Engineer._______g.Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A._______h.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.16.13Verify the 1-VS-E-4E chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 58 of 119NOTE:Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take upto 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step. 5.16.14After 1-VS-E-4E has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits._______a.1-SW-TI-115E, CR CHILLER 4E SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F_______b.1-SW-TI-109E, CR CHILLER 4E SW OUTLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 115&deg;F_______c.1-SW-PDI-130E, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4E SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid_______d.COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig_______e.COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS_______f.COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig_______g.COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig_______h.COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS_______i.COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig_______j.1-VS-TI-121E, CR CHILLER 4E CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55&deg;F DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 59 of 119_______k.1-VS-TI-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD OUTLET TEMP IND,between 38&deg;F to 45&deg;Fl.IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4E by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______1.Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______2.Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically._______3.Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______4.Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______6.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF._______7.Notify the System Engineer._______5.16.15IF 1-VS-E-4E COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.16.16Perform Attachment5.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 60 of 119 5.17Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER_______5.17.1Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______5.17.2Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically._______5.17.3Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.17.4Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF._______5.17.5WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.17.6Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF._______5.17.7IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 61 of 119 5.18Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop ANOTE:Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A to Chilled Water Loop A is intended to be performed upon inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E, or at the discretion of Shift Supervision. Alignment is not required when an Operable Combination of chillers already exists. Alignment is not required for very short term inoperability of Loop A chillers, such as during quarterly ASME Section XI testing._______5.18.1Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9._______5.18.2Close 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN._______5.18.3Open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.5.18.4Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Alternate source by performing the following substeps._______a.Verify 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.______________b.Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.
CV______________c.Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1.CAUTIONThis subsection aligns chiller 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A and ensures thechiller correct power supply alignments. This subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4Amay be operated as a Loop A chiller.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 62 of 119______________d.Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B in ON.______________e.In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 63 of 119 5.19Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop CNOTE:When 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, this subsection will normally be performed after both MER 5 chillers are operable._______5.19.1Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9._______5.19.2Close 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL._______5.19.3Open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.5.19.4Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Normal source by performing the following substeps._______a.Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.______________b.Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.CV______________c.Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.CAUTIONThis subsection returns chiller 1-VS-E-4A to a Standby alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.
When 1-VS-E-4A has been aligned to Loop A for Standby or normal operation, this subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4A may be operated as a Loop C chiller.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 64 of 119______________d.Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B in ON.______________e.In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 65 of 119 5.20Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate_______5.20.1Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11._______5.20.2Verify 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.______________5.20.3Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
CV______________5.20.4Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1.______________5.20.5Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, in ON.______________5.20.6In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT._______5.20.7IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 66 of 119 5.21Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal_______5.21.1Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11._______5.21.2Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.______________5.21.3Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.
CV______________5.21.4Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.______________5.21.5Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C in ON.______________5.21.6In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT._______5.21.7IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 67 of 119 5.22Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate_______5.22.1Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15._______5.22.2Verify 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR,is in OFF.______________5.22.3Open 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.NOTE:MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.
CV______________5.22.4Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B.______________5.22.5Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D in ON.______________5.22.6In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT._______5.22.7IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 68 of 119 5.23Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal_______5.23.1Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15._______5.23.2Verify 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR, is OPEN.______________5.23.3Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR, in OFF.NOTE:Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.NOTE:MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.
CV______________5.23.4Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1.______________5.23.5Close 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6.______________5.23.6In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1 light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT._______5.23.7IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 69 of 119 5.24Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in ServiceNOTE:The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan,and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3._______5.24.1Verify or place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in ON._______5.24.2Verify or place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in ON.5.24.3IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet._______b.Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet._______c.Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, 1 to 2 turns open._______d.Verify open or open 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet._______e.Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow._______f.Enter N/A for Step 5.24.4.CAUTIONAHU 1-VS-AC-220 must remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C whenever an MER 3 Chiller is operating, unless otherwise requested by the System Engineer.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 70 of 1195.24.4IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet._______b.Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet._______c.Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop AOutlet, 1 to 2 turns open._______d.Verify open or open 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet._______e.Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 71 of 119 5.25Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from ServiceNOTE:The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan,and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3._______5.25.1Place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in OFF._______5.25.2Place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in OFF._______5.25.3Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet._______5.25.4Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet._______5.25.5Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet._______5.25.6Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 72 of 119 5.26Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service_______5.26.1Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO._______5.26.2Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO.NOTE:Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch._______5.26.3Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in SLOW.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 73 of 119 5.27Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service_______5.27.1Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in OFF._______5.27.2Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in OFF.NOTE:Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch._______5.27.3Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in OFF.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 74 of 119 5.28Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4ANOTE:The actions contained in Step 5.28.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing._______5.28.1WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4A is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4A is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.Required ActionsInitials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAWSubsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A isnot in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAWSubsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not ineffect.C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A andone chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN startChiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. IF no chiller isoperating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAWSubsection 5.12. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment1.Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists withChiller A inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________        NO ____________  _______ _______F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller A inoperable, THEN makeany required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission beforecontinuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A._______ SS G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.9.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 75 of 119_______5.28.2IF 1-VS-E-4A will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 76 of 119 5.29Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4BNOTE:The actions contained in Step 5.29.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing._______5.29.1WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4B is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.Required ActionsInitials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Steps B and Cand GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step ifsingle chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop COtherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment1.Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller B inoperable. (Check One)YES ____________        NO ____________  _______ _______F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller B inoperable, THEN makeany required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission before continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.
_______      SS G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.11.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 77 of 119_______5.29.2IF 1-VS-E-4B will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 78 of 119 5.30Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4CNOTE:The actions contained in Step 5.30.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing._______5.30.1WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4C is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4C is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.Required ActionsInitials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAWSubsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 and enter N/A for Steps B and Cand GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C isnot in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step ifsingle chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment1.Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists withChiller C inoperable. (Check One) YES ____________        NO ____________  _______ _______F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller C inoperable, THEN makeany required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission beforecontinuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A. _______
SS G. Verify Chiller B power supply available from the Alternate Power Supply.
H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.13.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 79 of 119_______5.30.2IF 1-VS-E-4C will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 80 of 119 5.31Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4DNOTE:The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing._______5.31.1WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.Required ActionsInitials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAWSubsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and Cand GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A isnot in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step ifsingle chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16.Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment1.Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists withChiller D inoperable. (Check One)
YES ____________        NO ____________  _______ _______F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN makeany required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission beforecontinuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A. _______
SS G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 81 of 119_______5.31.2IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 82 of 119 5.32Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4ENOTE:The actions contained in Step 5.32.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing._______5.32.1WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4E is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4E is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.Required ActionsInitials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and Cand GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A isnot in effect.
B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operatingon Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step ifsingle chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.
C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A.Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14.Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.
D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38. Otherwise, enter N/A.
E. Perform the following using Attachment1.Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller E inoperable. (Check One) YES ____________        NO ____________  _______ _______F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller E inoperable, THEN makeany required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervision's permission before continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A. _______
SS G. Transfer or verify transferred Chiller D power supply from Normal to Alternate Power Supply.H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.17.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 83 of 119_______5.32.2IF 1-VS-E-4E will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E. Otherwise, enter N/A.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 84 of 119 5.33Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature LockoutNOTE:For the MER 5 chillers, in the event a single compressor locks out, the chillers will continue to operate and provide reduced cooling with the remaining compressor, however, the chiller should be considered Inoperable.
Attempting to reset a lockout results in unloading both compressors. Cooling will not be available until the chiller is restarted. The chiller should be considered Inoperable.5.33.1For the chiller which will be reset, verify the following pumps are operating._______*1-VS-P-1D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) SW Pump_______*1-VS-P-2D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) Chilled Water Pump_______5.33.2Check below any of the following alarm lights which are LIT.____Compressor 1 Lockout____Compressor 2 Lockout
____Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light
____Low Evaporator Flow_______5.33.3Check the indications on the LED Diagnostics panel for each compressor and record below.*Compressor 1 ____________________________________
*Compressor 2 ___________________________________________5.33.4Notify the System Engineer of the cause of the lockout and record the name of the engineer notified below.System Engineer_____________________________________________  ___________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 85 of 119NOTE:Performing the following step will unload any operating compressor. _______5.33.5Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch for 1-VS-E-4D (4E) in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position._______5.33.6Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D (4E), CR Chlr 4D (4E) Local Control Sw, in ON and wait two minutes before proceeding._______5.33.7IF the Compressor 1 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S5 Compressor 1 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S5 to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.33.8IF the Compressor 2 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S6 Compressor 2 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S6 to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.33.9IF Evaporator Low Temperature Control Open light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.33.10IF Low Evaporator Flow light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A._______5.33.11IF the System Engineering requests that 1-VS-E-4D (E) be shutdown, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND GO TO Subsection 5.15 (17). Otherwise, enter N/A.5.33.12Verify the following alarm lights are OFF._______*Compressor 1 Lockout Light_______*Compressor 2 Lockout Light_______*Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 86 of 119NOTE:Following reset of the chiller lockouts, normal startup instructions apply._______5.33.13GO TO Subsection 5.14 (16), Step 5.14.10 (5.16.10).SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 87 of 119 5.34Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C_______5.34.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.75.34.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A.()___________1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.___________1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startupof 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.34.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller._______5.34.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.5.34.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6___________1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.34.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service on Loop C IAW Subsection 5.8.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 88 of 1195.34.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.34.8Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6._______5.34.9Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5._______5.34.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 89 of 119 5.35Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C_______5.35.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.75.35.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ()___________1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.___________1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.___________1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startupof 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.35.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A._______5.35.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.35.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.35.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4B in service IAW Subsection 5.10.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 90 of 1195.35.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______c.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.35.8Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6._______5.35.9Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5._______5.35.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service._______5.35.11WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment4. SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 91 of 119 5.36Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop ANOTE:Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop A is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project. _______5.36.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.75.36.2Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop A:_______a.1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. _______b.1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______c.1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.5.36.3Verify or align the following valves:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN. _______b.Close or verify closed 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN. _______c.Open or verify open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN. _______d.Open or verify open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.
 
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 92 of 119_______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN._______f.Open or verify open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL._______g.Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET_______5.36.4Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______5.36.5Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.5.36.6Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel._______a.Suction Pressure_______b.Discharge Pressure_______c.Oil Pressure_______5.36.7Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65&deg;F. (Reference 2.4.1)_______5.36.8Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.CAUTIONStrainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe markis perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 93 of 119NOTE:With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will ca use service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started. _______5.36.9Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON._______5.36.10Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts._______5.36.11Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts._______5.36.12IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.5.36.13IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates morethan 100&deg;F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.11._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.CAUTIONTo ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.CAUTIONTo prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not bestarted and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature atthe chiller inlet exceeds 100&deg;F.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 94 of 119_______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.NOTE:The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps._______5.36.14Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.NOTE:The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint. _______5.36.15IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A._______5.36.16WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5&deg;F. Otherwise, enter N/A.5.36.17IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A._______a.Perform Subsection 5.11._______b.Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer._______c.Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection._______5.36.18Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45&deg;F in 5&deg;F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B._______5.36.19While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115Bbetween 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.
Otherwise, enter N/A.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 95 of 119_______5.36.20Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4._______5.36.21Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7._______5.36.22Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.NOTE:Steps 5.36.23 and 5.36.24 may be performed together.Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment4._______5.36.23Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment4._______5.36.24Perform Attachment5._______5.36.25WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85&deg;F and 100&deg;F (85&deg;F to 95&deg;F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40&deg;F to 45&deg;F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________CAUTIONTo prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may requireadjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 96 of 119 5.37Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop ANOTE:Prior to evolutions asssociated with 1-VS-E-4B, Shift Supervision must have a full understanding of Chilled Water configuration and verify compliance with Technical Specification 3.23 and 3.14 prior to any manipulations. 5.37.1Shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW the following:_______a.Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF._______b.Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF._______c.Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.5.37.2Verify or align the following valves:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN. _______b.Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL._______c.Close or verify closed 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL._______d.Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN._______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 97 of 119_______f.Open or verify open 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 98 of 119 5.38Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C_______5.38.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7_______5.38.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ()____1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.38.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A._______5.38.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller._______5.38.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.38.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4C in service IAW Subsection 5.12.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 99 of 1195.38.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______c.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.38.8Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6._______5.38.9Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5._______5.38.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service._______5.38.11WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment4. SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 100 of 119 5.39Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A_______5.39.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.39.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ()____1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.39.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______5.39.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.39.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4
____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7_______5.39.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service IAW Subsection 5.8.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 101 of 1195.39.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.39.8Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4._______5.39.9Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7._______5.39.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service._______5.39.11WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment4. SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 102 of 119 5.40Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A_______5.40.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.40.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C.()____1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.40.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C._______5.40.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.40.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7_______5.40.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 103 of 1195.40.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller._______c.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.40.8Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4._______5.40.9Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7._______5.40.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 104 of 119 5.41Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE:Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project. _______5.41.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.41.2Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.()____1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.41.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.41.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.5.41.5Verify or perform the following valve alignment:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______b.Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______c.Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 105 of 119_______d.Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn. _______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn. _______f.Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve. _______5.41.6Place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14._______5.41.7Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6._______5.41.8Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5._______5.41.9Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 106 of 119 5.42Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop CNOTE:This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4D to1-VS-E-4E in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C. _______5.42.1Secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller. 5.42.2Verify or perform the following valve alignment:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve._______b.Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______c.Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______d.Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn. _______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn. _______f.Close or verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve. _______5.42.3Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision. SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 107 of 119 5.43Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A_______5.43.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.43.2Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ()____1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startupof 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.43.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C._______5.43.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller._______5.43.5Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ()____1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4____2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7_______5.43.6Verify or place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 108 of 1195.43.7Perform the following substeps to align chillers:_______a.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller._______b.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller._______c.Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.43.8Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4._______5.43.9Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7._______5.43.10Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 109 of 119 5.44Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE:Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project. _______5.44.1Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ()____2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6____1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5_______5.44.2Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.()____1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.____1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller._______5.44.3Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller._______5.44.4Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.5.44.5Verify or perform the following valve alignment:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______b.Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______c.Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 110 of 119_______d.Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn. _______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn. _______f.Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve. _______5.44.6Place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16._______5.44.7Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6._______5.44.8Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5._______5.44.9Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________
DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 111 of 119 5.45Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop CNOTE:This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4E to1-VS-E-4D in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C. _______5.45.1Secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller. 5.45.2Verify or perform the following valve alignment:_______a.Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve. _______b.Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______c.Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol. _______d.Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn. _______e.Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.
_______f.Close of verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve. _______5.45.3Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision. SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________SignatureInitialPrint Date_______________________________________________________ATTACHMENTS DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 112 of 119(Page 1 of 2)Attachment1OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATIONTS Requirement: Three operable chillers, powered from three of the four Emergency Buses with one of the three operable chillers capable of being powered from the fourth Emergency Bus.TABLE 1 - POWER SUPPLIES - By ChillerChiller E D A B CNorm / Alt 1H 2J / 1H1J / 2J 1J / 2H 2HTABLE 2 - POWER SUPPLIES - By Bus BUS1H1J2J2HChillers E, Dalt A norm Bnorm Dnorm A alt C , BaltTABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS1H1J2J2HOperable Chillers DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 113 of 119(Page 2 of 2)Attachment1OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATIONNOTE:An asterisk denotes the power supply to which the specified chiller must be aligned in order to create a valid Operable Combination.TABLE 4 - OPERABLE COMBINATIONS BUS1H1J2J2HCombination 1 E Anorm Dnorm CCombination 2 E Anorm Dnorm BaltCombination 3 E Anorm A alt CCombination 4 E Anorm A alt*BaltCombination 5 E Bnorm Dnorm CCombination 6 E Bnorm*Dnorm BaltCombination 7 E Bnorm A alt CCombination 8 E Bnorm*A alt BaltCombination 9 Dalt*Anorm Dnorm CCombination 10 Dalt*Anorm Dnorm*BaltCombination 11
*Dalt Anorm A alt CCombination 12
*Dalt Anorm A alt*BaltCombination 13 Dalt*Bnorm Dnorm CCombination 14 Dalt Bnorm A alt CCombination 15
*Dalt Bnorm A alt Balt DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 114 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment2CONTROL ROOM/ESGR CHILLED WATER SYSTEM OVERVIEWNOTE:This drawing does not show required system valve positions. Valve positions will change as required by the applicable subsections of this procedure.
2/201 2/9 MCR 2/208 F 209 201 1/1 MCR 206 F 101 2/209 2/7 ESGR 2/216 F 207 209 1/7 ESGR 216 F 107 1H AChilled Water Loop A 224 1/2 MCR 223 F 102 2/224 2/8 MCR 2/223 F 208 232 1/6 ESGR 231 F 106 2/232 2/6 ESGR 2/231 F 206 2H 1JChilled Water Loop C 220 F 131 B 573 572 F 219 651 652 133 F 222 653 654 134 F T 647 132E 132E 1H E-4E 646 T 121E P-2E 644 F T 643 132D 132D Norm 2J E-4D 642 T 121D P-2D 640 960 E-4A 287 T 121E P-2A 290 961 E-4B 291 P-2B 294 E-4C 295 P-2C 296 1H Alt Norm 1J 2J Alt 1020 Norm 1J 2H Alt 962 1021 2H 558 TK-100A 648 570 571 285 286 639 569 568 299 300 659 2-BC-TK-5574575 AB 2JCONTROL  ROOM / ESGR  CHILLED  WATERSYSTEM  OVERVIEW Graphics No:  PC871A 1038 1039 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 115 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment3CONTROL ROOM CHILLER POWER SUPPLIESCHILLED WATER  SYSTEM CONTROL  ROOM  CHILLERS'POWER SUPPLIES Graphics No. CS894B E-4E E-4D E-4A E-4B E-4C 1C 1D 2C 2D1B1-VS-P-1E 1-VS-AC-222 1-VS-E-4E 1-VS-P-2E 1-EP-MCC-1K2 MCC 1H-1B 24J1-6 1C 1D 2F 1B 1-VS-P-1D 1-VS-AC-219 1-VS-E-4D 1-VS-P-2D MCC 1K2 2-EP-BKR-152 14H1-6 4D 5A 3D 1-VS-P-1C 1-VS-E-4C 1-VS-P-2C MCC 2H1-1 1C 1E 1B 1-VS-P-1A 1-VS-E-4A MCC 1K1 1-EP-BKR-150 1-EP-CS-100 MCC 1J1-1 Bkr 2B 1-EP-BKR-151 1-VS-P-2A MCC 2J1-1 Bkr 9B 1C 1E 1B 1-VS-P-1B 1-VS-E-4B MCC 2K1 2-EP-BKR-151 2-EP-CS-200 MCC 2H1-1 Bkr 4A 2-EP-BKR-150 1-VS-P-2B MCC 1J1-1 Bkr 6C 1-EP-BKR-152 1-EP-CS-101 NORMALTALT NORMNORMALT DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 116 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment4MER 3 CHILLER OPERATING CHECKSNOTE: SW Delta P limits for 1-VS-E-4A/4C are different than 1-VS-E-4B due to larger Condenser tubes._______1.IF any parameter is exceeded, THEN have Maintenance perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chiller Performance Checks, to determine chiller operability. (1) A Condition Report should be submitted if Condenser Differential Pressure is greater than 5psid (1-VS-E-4A/4C) or 7 psid (1-VS-E-4B) If pump suction pressure is less than or equal to 20.2 inches Hg, notify Shift Supervision for operability. (Reference 2.3.25)(2) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop A. Otherwise, enter N/A.(3) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop C. Otherwise, enter N/A.(4) If operating in single chiller mode, maximum temperature limit is 50&deg;F.SignatureInitialPrint DatePerformed by: _______________________________________________________ParameterMinimum ActualMaximumCompressor Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 150 265Compressor Suction Pressure (PSIG) 55 75Oil Pressure (PSIG)Comp Suct
+10 PSIG N/AOil Level (%)
30 75Chilled Water Temperature Setpoint (&deg;F) 40 50SW Pump Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 30 60Service Water Inlet Temperature (&deg;F) 85 100Service Water Outlet Temperature (&deg;F) 85 1101-VS-E-4A / 4C Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID)2.0(1)51-VS-E-4B Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID)3.5(1)72-VS-TI-216, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(2)45 (4)2-VS-TI-217, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(2)602-VS-TI-212, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(2)45 (4)2-VS-TI-213, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(2)602-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(3)45 (4)2-VS-TI-215, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(3)602-VS-TI-210, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(3)45 (4)2-VS-TI-211, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (&deg;F) 37(3)60 DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 117 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment5CHILLED WATER LOOP A AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION_______1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled. (Reference 2.3.7)_______2. IF 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow. Otherwise, enter N/A._______3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________CAUTION*Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.Table 1AHU Mark Number AHU Flow IndicatorMinimum Flow AHU Throttle ValveInitials1-VS-AC-71-VS-FI-10785 GPM1-VS-2162-VS-AC-72-VS-FI-207 85 GPM2-VS-2161-VS-AC-11-VS-FI-101 10 GPM1-VS-2082-VS-AC-92-VS-FI-209 20 GPM2-VS-208Table 2AHU Mark Number AHU Flow IndicatorMinimum FlowAs Left FlowInitials1-VS-AC-71-VS-FI-10785 GPM_______GPM2-VS-AC-72-VS-FI-207 85 GPM_______GPM1-VS-AC-11-VS-FI-101 10 GPM_______GPM2-VS-AC-92-VS-FI-209 20 GPM_______GPM DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 118 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment6CHILLED WATER LOOP C AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION_______1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled. (Reference 2.3.7)_______2. IF 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow. Otherwise, enter N/A._______3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________CAUTION*Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.Table 1AHU Mark Number AHU Flow IndicatorMinimum Flow AHU Throttle ValveInitials1-VS-AC-61-VS-FI-10685 GPM1-VS-2322-VS-AC-62-VS-FI-206 85 GPM2-VS-2321-VS-AC-21-VS-FI-102 10 GPM1-VS-2242-VS-AC-82-VS-FI-208 20 GPM2-VS-224Table 2AHU Mark Number AHU Flow IndicatorMinimum FlowAs Left FlowInitials1-VS-AC-61-VS-FI-10685 GPM_______GPM2-VS-AC-62-VS-FI-206 85 GPM_______GPM1-VS-AC-21-VS-FI-102 10 GPM_______GPM2-VS-AC-82-VS-FI-208 20 GPM_______GPM DOMINION0-OP-VS-006Surry Power Station Revision 55Page 119 of 119(Page 1 of 1)Attachment7MER 5 CHILLER DIAGNOSTICS 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Start Mode 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Step 1 Loaded 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Step 1 & 2 Loaded 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Full Load 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Full Load Compressor 2 Step 1 Loaded 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Load Limit Operation 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Full Load Compressor 2 Step 1 & 2 Loaded 1
2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Full Load Compressor 2 Full Load 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Setpoint/LowTemp. Control Overlap 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 1 Low Pressure Lockout 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Low Pressure Lockout 1 2 3 1 2 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2Low Temp.Control Lockout LED Energized LED Deenergized Graphics No. CS4549}}

Latest revision as of 23:11, 21 March 2020

Initial Exam 280, 281/2009-301 Final Administrative JPMs
ML092920182
Person / Time
Site: Surry  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 10/17/2009
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Virginia Electric & Power Co (VEPCO)
References
50-280/09-301, 50-281/09-301
Download: ML092920182 (204)


Text

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.25 Applicant________________________________ Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________ Stop Time___________________

Title Calculate Shutdown Margin (At Power)

K/A: G2.1.25 Ability to Interpret Reference Materials, Such as Graphs, Curves, Tables, etc. (3.9/4.2)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 25 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.

Standards Correctly calculates shutdown margin, with all values within the acceptable bands provided in this JPM.

Terminating Cues Shutdown margin calculated in accordance with 1-OP-RX-001.

Procedures 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power) 1-DRP-003, Curve Book.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None 1 of 27

Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.

1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.

Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.

You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.

A Curve Book will be provided.

The following unit conditions exist:

o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.

o CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago. No dilutions have taken place.

o T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the calculation and discussed results and problems with examiner.

Tools and Equipment Calculator Copy of DRP-003, Curve Book (Unit 1)

Copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power)

Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 27

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

START TIME:

STEP 1: Reviews Initial Conditions. _______ SAT 3.1 The reactor is critical. _______ UNSAT 3.2 Verify that the RCS boron concentration has been determined in the last 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

3.3 Verify that no large dilutions (i.e., greater than 10 ppm) to the RCS have been performed since the most recently measured boron concentration.

3.4 Personnel participating in performance of this procedure shall complete the table below.

STANDARD:

Candidate acknowledges Initial Conditions and enters name and date in table.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Reviews Precautions and Limitations _______ SAT 4.1 When the RCS average temperature is greater than or equal to 547°F and the unit is _______ UNSAT at power, there must be sufficient negative reactivity available to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1,770 pcm.

4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining supervisory oversight of the performance of this procedure.

4.3 This procedure must be performed by a Reactor Operator, Shift Technical Advisor (STA), or Reactor Engineer.

STANDARD:

Candidate acknowledges Precautions and Limitations EVALUATOR NOTES:

COMMENTS:

3 of 27

STEP 3: Step 5.1.1 _______ SAT NOTE: Meeting the conditions in Step 5.1.1 verifies that the SDM is at least -1770 pcm. _______ UNSAT 5.1.1 Verify all of the following to determine if an abbreviated SDM can be performed:

o The Unit is operating between HZP and HFP o A maximum of one fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists o IF a fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists, THEN verify that all other rods are greater than the minimum rod insertion limit STANDARD:

Identifies that an abbreviated shutdown margin calculation cannot be performed.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Step 5.1.2 _______ SAT 5.1.2 IF any of the above conditions are NOT met, THEN enter N/A for Step 5.1.3, AND _______ UNSAT GO TO Step 5.1.4. Otherwise, enter N/A.

STANDARD:

Candidate enters N/A for step 5.1.3 and goes to step 5.1.4.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

4 of 27

STEP 5: Step 5.1.4 _______ SAT 5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation. _______ UNSAT

a. Time/date of SDM calculation _______________ /____________
b. Core Burnup _________________ MWD/MTU (Required for determination of Power Defect)
c. D Control Bank Position _________________ Steps
d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) __________ ppm
e. Reactor Power _______________ %

STANDARD:

Enters data as indicated below (bolded & underlined):

5.1.4 Record the following parameters for the SDM calculation.

a. Time/date of SDM calculation Now /Today
b. Core Burnup 4500 MWD/MTU (Required for determination of Power Defect)
c. D Control Bank Position 227 Steps
d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) 1100 ppm
e. Reactor Power 100 %

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

5 of 27

STEP 6: Step 5.1.5 _______ SAT 5.1.5 IF a single bank of control rods has been inserted up to 18 Steps and cannot be _______ UNSAT returned to the original position during physics or surveillance testing, THEN record the bank worth at Substep 5.1.8.a. Otherwise, enter N/A for this step and zero pcm at Substep 5.1.8.a.

STANDARD:

Candidate enters N/A for this step and 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.a.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

6 of 27

STEP 7: Step 5.1.6 _______ SAT 5.1.6 Calculate the worth of the stuck rods that are above 20 steps in the core. (For _______ UNSAT example, IF there are no stuck rods left in the core, THEN enter ONE stuck rod. IF there is a known stuck rod or rod that is not trippable, THEN enter TWO stuck rods.) Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.b.

( _____________ ) X ( + ___________ ) = + __________ pcm Actual No. of Stuck (Ref 2.3.1.e)

Rods Plus One STANDARD:

Candidate completes data as follows:

( 2 ) X ( + 1270 ) = + 2540 (2515-2565) pcm Actual No. of Stuck (Ref 2.3.1.e)

Rods Plus One EVALUATOR NOTES:

Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance.

This number is a critical task COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Step 5.1.7 _______ SAT 5.1.7 Calculate the worth of the dropped rods (rods that are below 20 steps in the core). IF _______ UNSAT there are no dropped rods in the core, THEN enter zero pcm below. Record answer at Substep 5.1.8.c.

( _________________ ) X (+ 1,000 pcm) = + _________ pcm No. of Dropped Rods STANDARD:

Candidate enters 0 (zero) pcm and records 0 (zero) at substep 5.1.8.c.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

7 of 27

STEP 9: Step 5.1.8 _______ SAT CAUTION - Positive reactivity values must be entered in Substeps 5.1.8.a, 5.1.8.b, _______ UNSAT 5.1.8.c, 5.1.8.d, 5.1.8.e, and 5.1.8.f.

5.1.8 Record the values required to calculate the Shutdown Margin. (Use data recorded in Step 5.1.4 as reference values for recording data from the curves in the Curve Book, Ref 2.3.1.)

a. Worth of a Single Bank Inserted + 0 pcm Out of Sequence up to 18 Steps (Ref. 2.3.1.f) (Enter zero if all banks are in proper sequence.)

(From Step 5.1.5)

b. Stuck Rod Worth from Step 5.1.6 + 2540 (2515-2565) pcm
c. Dropped Rod Worth from Step 5.1.7 + 0 pcm
d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.1.a + 1575 (1550-1600) pcm
e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor + 102 (100-107) pcm (Ref 2.3.1.b)
f. Worth of Control Banks at Rod + 0 pcm Position in Substep 5.1.4.c (Ref 2.3.1.c)
g. Total Rod Worth (Ref 2.3.1.d) - 6910 (6900-6925) pcm
h. Rod Worth Conservatism to account for RPI uncertainty and potential for incomplete rod insertion + 150 pcm (Ref. 2.3.2)

STANDARD:

Enters data as indicated by BOLD text above - THIS DATA CONSTITUTES A CRITICAL TASK EVALUATOR NOTES:

Curve book references are provided in this JPM following procedure step guidance.

COMMENTS:

8 of 27

STEP 10: Step 5.1.9 _______ SAT 5.1.9 Calculate the Shutdown Margin by adding the values in Substep 5.1.8.a through _______ UNSAT Substep 5.1.8.h and record the value in Step 5.1.10.

STANDARD:

Candidate calculates shutdown margin of -2543 pcm (-2478 to -2610 band) and enters this on step 5.1.10. This number is a critical task.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 5.1.10 _______ SAT 5.1.10 Record the At Power Shutdown Margin: ________________________ pcm _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

Initial step since number entered from previous step.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

9 of 27

STEP 12: Step 5.1.11 _______ SAT 5.1.11 IF Step 5.1.10 is less negative than Section 4.0 requirements (-1,770 pcm), THEN _______ UNSAT reduce plant power in accordance with Technical Specification 3.12 AND satisfy the required SDM (-1,770 pcm). IF Step 5.1.10 is equal to or more negative than -

1770 pcm, THEN enter N/A for this step.

STANDARD:

Determines that 5.1.10 is more negative that -1770 and then enters N/A for step 5.1.11.

Candidate then completes Completed By and Date lines below.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 13: Reports task complete. _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

Reports task complete and that adequate shutdown margin exists.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

Evaluator note: The following pages are the required figures of the curve book in order required.

10 of 27

DOM DOMINION INI ON l-DRP-003 l-DRP-003 Surry Power Station Sta tio n Revisio n 88 Revision Page 81 81 of 18S 18S (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 40 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 STUCK ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP N o te te:: For Use In Shutdown Sh u tdown Mar g in Calc Calcuu lat latio io ns Only Onl y 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 0;-

"E i'5

~ 1700

~

~

£o!-

~

1600 "a

i<

~

a 0:

r:t: 1500

~

u il i5 1400 14 00 1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000

( 500 MWD/ MTU I d iv)

Cycle Burnup (SOD S 1 C23StuckRodWorth.pd C23Stu ckRodWorth . pd f Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.e) 11 of 27

DOMINI DOM INI ON 1-DRP-003 Surry Power Sta Station tio n Revisio Revision n 88 Page 71 71 of 189 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 31 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 POWER DEFECT NOTE: For Use Through Nominal FuJI Full Power End Of Reactivity

-3000

-- -1 1 00%

-2500 POWER

-2000

- 75%

POWER 0;-

i2 5a.

oCO>

~ - 1500 u

o 50%

(L

~ POWER

-1000

- 1000 25%

POWER

-500 a

a 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWD/MTU/div) S 1 C2 3 3PowerDefeC!Through E O R. pdf P owerOefectThrough EOR Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.a) 12 of 27

DOMINION 1-DRP-OC Surry Power Station Revision e Page 83 of 1<

(Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 42 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 REACTIVITY REDISTRIBUTION FACTOR VS. BURN UP Note:

N ote: For Use U se In Shu td own Margin Calcula ttions io n s Only 250

/'

/'

/'

200 V

/'

V

/'

>- /'

V "E5 i5 u

~

/'

a /'

s-

!::.- 150

/'

V V

V V

V V

V 50 o

o 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup MWD/ MTU I d iv)

B u rnup (500 MWD/MTU S 1 C23ReactRedistF C23ReactR edistF actor.pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.b) 13 of 27

DOMINION DOM INI ON 1-DRP-OO:

l-DRP-OO:

Surry Power Station Sta tion Revision 8t Revision 1 8~

Page 62 of 18f (Page 1 of 8)

Attachment 29 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 AT POWER INTEGRAL ROD WORTH TABLE FOR CONTROL BANKS C AND D IN OVERLAP Note: Worth Wo rth At Nominal Nom ina l HFP Cond itions itio ns CYC LE BURNUP RANGE BU R NUP RAN (MWD/MTU))

GE (MWD/MTU D-BANK D-BA N K C-BANK C-BA NK 0 .0 500 .1 2000 .1 2000.1 4000 .1 6000 .1 8000 .1 POS POS TO TO TO TO TO TO STEP S STEP S 500 .0 2000 .0 4000 4000.0 .0 6000 .0 8000 .0 10000.0 10000 .0 228 228 0 .0 0 .0 0 .0 0.0 0 .0 0 .0 0.0 0 .0 225 228 0 .0 0.0 0 .0 0 .0 0 .0 0 .0 0.0 0 .0 223 228 2 .0 1.8 1.7 1.7 2 .0 2 .1 22 2211 228 5.6 5.2 4 4.7.7 5.0 5.8 6 .9 2 19 219 228 10.2 9 .5 9.5 8 .6 9.2 10 .6 10.6 12.6 12 .6 217 228 15.8 14.7 134 14 .3 14.3 16 16.5.5 19 19.6.6 2 15 215 228 2 1..3 21 3 20 .3 18.6 18 .6 19 19.9.9 22 .9 27 .1 213 2 13 228 27.7 25 .8 24 .3 24.3 26.0 26 .0 29.9 29 .9 35 .3 211 2 11 228 34 .5 34.5 32 32.3

.3 29 .9 29.9 32.1 32 .1 36 .8 36.8 43 43.3 .3 209 228 42 42.0 .0 394 36.7 39.3 39 .3 45 .0 45.0 52 .9 207 228 49 49.8 .8 46.8 46 .8 43.7 46.8 46 .8 53.6 53 .6 62.7 205 228 58 .0 54.7 54 .7 51.2 54 .9 62 .7 73.1 73 .1 203 228 67 .3 63 .5 59.7 64 .0 73.0 73 .0 84 .9 2011 20 228 76.0 76 .0 71.9 67.7 72.5 72 .5 82 .6 95.7 199 228 85 .3 80 .8 76.3 76 .3 8 811.7.7 92 .8 107.3 107 .3 197 228 94 .6 89 .8 89.8 84 84.9.9 90 .9 103 .1 103.1 118.8 11 8 .8 195 228 105.2 100.0 100 .0 94 .9 1014 10 14 114.8 11 4 .8 131.9 193 228 115.1 11 5 .1 109 .6 109.6 104.1 104 .1 111.2 111 .2 125 125.5 .5 143 143.8 .8 19 1 191 228 125 .3 125.3 119.5 11 9 .5 113.7 11 3.7 121.3 12 1. 3 136.6 136 .6 156.1 156 .1 189 228 135 .7 135.7 129 129.5.5 123.5 123 .5 131.6 147.9 147 .9 168.5 168 .5 187 228 146 .8 146.8 140.2 133.9 133 .9 1424 159.7 18 181.5

1. 5 185 228 157.2 1504 143.8 143 .8 152.8 152 .8 170.9 193.6 193 .6 183 228 168 .1 168.1 16 1.0 161.0 154.0 154 .0 163.5 163 .5 182 182.5 .5 206.2 S 1 C23RodWorthAtPowerBOL.

C23RodWorthAt PowerB O L. pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.c) 14 of 27

DOM INI ON DOMINION 1-DR P-003 1-DRP-003 Surry Power Station Sta tio n Revision Revisio n 88 Page 79 of 189 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 38 SURRY UNIT 1 - CYCLE 23 TOTAL ROD WORTH VS. BURNUP Note : For Use U s e In Shutdown Margin Calculations Only 7800 7700 7600

!1 31 E

~ 7400 on

~

2o 7300 "0

(i 7200

.s

~

~ 71007 100 7000 6900 6800 o 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 Cycle Burnup (500 MWDIMTU MWD/MTU I div)

S 1C2 3Tota lRodWorth.pdf C23TotalRodWort h . pdf Referenced in procedure as- (Ref 2.3.1.d) 15 of 27

STOP TIME:

16 of 27

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.

1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.

Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.

You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.

A Curve Book will be provided.

The following unit conditions exist:

o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.

o CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago. No dilutions have taken place.

o T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

17 of 27

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at 100% power with a stuck (not trippable) control rod.

Initiating Cues You are the Desk SRO and I am the Shift Manager.

1-OPT-RX-005, Control Rod Assembly Partial Movement, was conducted 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and control rod K-10 failed to move. I&C and Engineering have determined that the control rod is stuck mechanically and not trippable.

Here is a copy of 1-OP-RX-001, Shutdown Margin (Calculated at Power). I need you to perform an At-Power Shutdown Margin calculation due to the stuck rod.

You are performing this calculation as a backup to the reactor engineerings calculation.

A Curve Book will be provided.

The following unit conditions exist:

o Core Burnup: 4500 MWD/MTU o Control Bank "D" height: 227 steps o Control rod K-10 is also at 227 steps.

o CB: 1100 ppm, measured 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago. No dilutions have taken place.

o T and PRNIS: 100% power When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

'D ..

' Dominion omlnlon-SURRY POWER STA TlON PROC EDURE NO:

1-0P-RX-001 REVISION NO:

11 PROC EDURE TYPE:

TYP E: UNIT NO:

OPERATING PROCEDURE 1 PROC EDURE TITLE:

SHUTDOWN MARGIN (CALCULATED AT POWER)

RXMGT I I I I I REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised in response to Reactor Engineering feedback, OP FB 09-0 11 6. Revised second and third bullets of Step 5. 1.1 to change "inoperable" to "fully dropped (less than 10 steps)."

PROC EDURE EDUR E USUSED:

ED: 0 Entirely o Partially Note: If used partially, note reasons in remarks.

PROBLEMS PROBLE MS ENCOUNTERED: 0 NO D YES Note: If YES, Y ES, note problems in remarks.

remarks.

REMARKS:

(Use back for additiona additionall remarks. )

SUPERVISION SHIFT SUP ERVISION:: DATE :

DATE:

CONTINUOUS USE

Dominion 1-0P-RX-0011 1-0P-RX-00 Surry Power Station Revision 11 Page 2 of9 of 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE 3

2.0 REFERENCES

3 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 5 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6 5.1 Shutdown Margin Detenllination 6 ATTACHMENTS

DOMINION 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station Revision Revi sion 11 Page 3 of 9 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To verify that a critical reactor core will be adequately subcritical to meet Technica I ec hnicall Specifications and Administrative Limits.

Limits. (Reference 2.2.1) 2.2.1 )

1. 2 This test shall be performed at the following times:

At the discretion of Shift Supervision whenever an at power shutdown margin (SDM) should be calculated to verify Technical Specification compliance .

(Reference 2.2 .1 )

2.2.1 Every twelve hours after a control rod has been determined inoperable until the reactor is shutdown or the rod is declared operable. (Reference 2.2 2.2.1)

.1)

\\Then a Shutdown or Control Bank has been inserted up to 18 steps below its insertion inserti on limit and becomes stuck or inoperable during physics physics testing and control rod assembly surveillance testing. (Reference 2.4.1)

1. 3 This te st may be perfonned within one hour after a control rod has been detennined detenllined inoperable. (Reference 2.2.1 )

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Source Documents 2.1.1 UFSAR Section 3.2, 14.2.5

14. 2.5 2.1.2
2. 1.2 Nuclear Analysis and Fuel Teclmical Technical Report N1O-630, NE-630, Revision 1 2.2 Technical Specifications Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2 2.2.1 Technical Specifications 1.C.4, l.CA, 3.1 2.A 2.A.3 .c, 3.1 2.C.3.h

.3.c, 2.C.3 .b.2,

.2, 3.1 2.A 2.A.5

.5,, 3.1 2.A.6, 2.A.6.

3.12

3. 12 Basis

DOM INION 1-0P-RX-00 1-0P-RX-0011 Surry Power Station Revision 11 Page Pa ge 4 of 9 2.3 Technical References 2.3 .1 I-DRP-003 , Curve Book, Section 1 Attachments-Physics Curves

3. Power Defect
b. Reactivity Redistribution Redi stribution Factor
c. At Power Integral Worth Table-Control Banks C & D in Overlap
d. Total Rod Worth
e. Stuck Rod Worth vs Bumup f Worth of Single Rod Bank Out of Sequence Up to 18 Steps 2.3.2 2.3 .2 Engineering Transmittal NAF-980058, NAF-980058 , Rev . 0, Proposed Operator Response and Shutdown Margin Infonnation for Incomplete RodRod Insertion 2.3 .3 Cycle Specific Reload Safety Evaluation, EVAL-ENG-RSE-S 2.3.3 EVAL-ENG-RSE-S 1l CXX 2.4 Commitment Documents 2.4.11 CTS 2102, Technical 2.4. Teclmical Specification Change 269, Control Rod Urgent Failure ana lys is 2.4.2 CTS 4358, RCE S-98-1213.

S-98-1213, Shutdown Margin Calculation Issues

DOMINION 1-0P-RX-OOI 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station Revision Revi sion 11 Page 5 of 9 Init Veri!

3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The reactor is critical.

3.2 Verify that the Res boron concentration has been detennined in the last 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

hours.

3.3 Verify that no large dilutions (i.e .. greater than 10 ppm) to the ReS Res have been perfonned perfonn ed since the most recently measured boron concentratioll.

concentration.

3.4 Personnel participating in perfonnance of this procedure shall complete the table PersOlmei below.

Initials Signature Printed Name Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 \\Then the Res average temperature is greater than or equal to 54 r F and the llllit

  • When unit is at power, there must be sufficient negative reactivity available to ensure that the reactor can be made subcritical by at least 1.770 pem.

1,770 pe m.

4.2 The Unit 1 SRO is responsible for maintaining supervisory oversight of the perfonnance of this thi s procedure.

4.3 This procedure must be perfonned by a Reactor Operator, Shift Technical Advisor (SIA),

(ST A), or Reactor Engineer.

DOMINION 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station Revision Revi sion 11 Page 6 of 9 Init Veri!

5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Shutdown Margin Determination NOTE: Meeting the conditions in Step 5.1.1 5. 1.1 verifies that the SDM is at least -1 770 pem.

pClli.

5.1.1

5. 1.1 Verify all of the following to determine ifan abbreviated SDM can be perfonned:

The Unit is operating between HZP and HFP A maximum of one fully dropped (less than 10 steps) control rod exists IF a hIlly dropped (less than 10 steps) contro controll rod exists, THEN verify that all other rods are greater than the minimum rod insertion limit 5.1.2

5. 1.2 IF any ofof the above conditions are NOT met, THEN enter N/A for Step 5.1.3, AND GO TO Step 5.1.4. 5.1.4 . Otherwise, enter N/A.

5.1.3

5. 1.3 IF all of the above ab ove conditions are met, THEN perfonnperfoml the following:
a. Enter N/A for Steps 5.
a. 5.1A lA through 5.1.9.

5.1.9.

b.

b. Record -1 770 pcm in Step 5.1.10.
c. GO TO Step 5.1.11.5. 1.11.

DOMINION 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station Revision 11 Page 7 of 9

5. 1A 5.1A Record the following fo llow ing parameters for the SDM calculation.

aa.. Time/date of SDM calculation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,- I/ _ _ _ __

b. Core Bumup Bunmp _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MWDIMTU (Required for detennination of Power Defect)

C. D Control Bank

c. Bartle Position _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Steps
d. Estimate of Current Boron Concentration (+/- 50 ppm) ppm
e. Reactor Power ------_ %

5.1.5

5. 1.5 IF a single bank baruc of control rods has been inserted up to 18 Steps and cannot returned to the original position during physics or surveillance te be retumed testing, sting ,

THEN record the bank worth at Substep 5.1. 5. 1. S.a.

8.a. Otherwise, enter N/

N/A A for this step and zero pem at Substep S.1.

5 .1. S.a.

8.a.

5. 1.6 Calculate the worth of the stuck rods that are above 20 steps in the core.

5.1.6 core . (For example, example. IF there are no stuck rods left in the core, THEN enter ONE ON E stuck rod. IF there is a known stuck rod or rod that is not trippable, THEN enter TWO stuck rods.) Record answer at Substep 5.1 5.1..S.b.

S.b.

( ---- pcm P CI11 Actual No.

No. of Stuck 2.3 . I.e)

(Ref 2.3.

Rods Plus One

5. 1.7 Calculate the worth of the dropped rods (rods that are below 20 steps 5.1.7 step s in the core). IF there are no dropped rods in the core, THEN enter zero pem pcm below.

Record answer at Substep 5.1. S.c.

S.c.

( )X (+ 1,000 pcm) ~+

~ + ___

pem pcm No. oj of Dropped Rods

DOMINION DOMINION 1-0 P-RX-001 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Powe Powerr Station Revision Revi sion 11 Page 8 of 01 9 CAUTlON CAUTION Positive reactivity values must be entered in Substeps 5.1. 8.a.S.a, 5.1. 8.b, S.b, 5.1. 8.c, S.c, 5.1. 8.d, S.d, 5.1. 8.e, S.e, and 5.1. 8.f S.f.

5.1.S Record the values required to calculate the Shutdown Margin. (Use data 5.1.8 recorded in Step 5.1.4 as reference values for recording data from the curves in the Curve Book, Ref 2.3.1.)

a. Worth of a Single Bank Inserted
a. + pem Out of Sequence up to 18 I S Sleps Steps (Ref. 2.3 .1.1)

(Ref .1 .1) (Enter zero if all banks are in proper sequence.) (From Step 5.1. 5)

b. Stuck Rod Worth from Slep Step 5.1.6 + pem
c. Dropped Rod Worth from Step 5.1. 7 + pem d.
d. Power Defect from Ref 2.3.1.a 2.3. l.a + pem
e. Reactivity Redistribution Factor
e. + pem (Ref2.3 (Ref 2.3 .1.b) ff. Worth of Control Banks at Rod + pem Position in Substep 5. l.4.c (Ref2 (Ref 2.3.3.1.c)

.1.c) a

~ .

Total Rod Worth (Ref2 .3.1.d) pcm pem

h. Rod \Vorth Conservatism to account for RPI uncertainty and potential for incomplete rod insertion + 150 pem (Ref (Ref. 2.3 .2) 5.1.9 Calculate the Shutdown Margin by adding the values in Substep 5.1. 8.3 8.a through Substep 5.1. 8.h S.h and record the value in Step 5.1. 5.1.110.

0.

5.1.1 0 Record the At Power Shutdown Margin: pem

DOMINION DOMIN ION 1-0P-RX-001 Surry Power Station Revisionn 11 Revisio Page 9 of 9 5.1.11 IF Step 5.1.1 0 is less negative than Section 4.0 requirements (-1 ,770 pem),

THEN reduce plant power in accordance with Teclmical Technica l Specification 3 .1 2 AND satisfy the required SDM (-1 ,770 pem). IF Step 5.1.10 5.1.1 0 is equal to or more negative than -1 770 pem, THEN enter N /A for this step.step.

Completed by: _ _ ____ __ __ __ __ ___ __ __ ____ __ __ _ _ __ ___ Date : _ _ __

Date:

Verified by:

by : _ ___ __ __ __ __ __ _ ____ __ __ ____ __ _ _ __ _____ Date :

Reviewed by:

by : - - - - - - - - - c c e" c" '- - - - - - - - - Date : _ _ __

SRO

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.1.40 Applicant________________________________ Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________ Stop Time___________________

Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.

Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.

Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.

Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None 1 of 16

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.

o 1-VS-AC-2 is tagged out due to equipment failure.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.

Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 16

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are BELOW 140F.

Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal.

RACKOUT breakers for all CARFs and place control switches in PTL with red magnets affixed.

VSF1A_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT VSF1B_BKRPOS - RACK_OUT Fail NI-32 low NO0102- Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.

Tagout 1-VS-AC-2 and place red magnet above control switch.

Panel map chiller control panel VSAC2_GREEN- OFF Panel map chiller control panel VSAC2_RED- OFF Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP.

START TIME:

Evaluators note- determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure. _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 1: Refueling Containment Integrity set.

Remarks:

IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.

_____ Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.

COMMENTS:

3 of 16

STEP 2: Radiation Monitors: _______ SAT Manipulator Crane 1 operable Containment Gaseous 1 operable _______ UNSAT Containment Particulate 1 operable SFP Bridge 1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous 1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate 1 operable Remarks:

If the Containment Air Recirculation fans are not running then refer to Tech Spec 3.10 for actions.

STANDARD:

_____ Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.

_____ Observe remarks regarding containment air recirc fans and observes that NO containment air recirc fans are in service.

_____ Determines that the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors are INOPERABLE, and that T.S. 3.10 requires these monitors be in service to allow fuel movement. If trainee desires, 1-OP-VS-001 (containment ventilation can be referenced to assist in this determination. 1-OP-VS-001 states that at least one air recirc fan must be in service to allow the containment particulate and gas radiation monitors to be considered operable.

_____ CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

4 of 16

STEP 3: Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) _______ SAT 2 operable

_______ UNSAT Remarks: None STANDARD:

_____ Observes normal indication on NI-31

_____ Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.

_____ CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).

If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.

Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Cavity level > 23 feet _______ SAT Remarks: _______ UNSAT VPAP-2805, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if <

23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

_____ Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

5 of 16

STEP 5: RHR pump and Heat Exchanger: _______ SAT Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

_____ Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.

_____ Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane _______ SAT Remarks: When changing core geometry _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.

_____ Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.

COMMENTS:

6 of 16

STEP 7: RCS Boron concentration- 2350 PPM (Admin limit) _______ SAT Remarks: _______ UNSAT RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)

STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

_____ Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: RHR Temperature: 140 °F _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.

If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.

COMMENTS:

7 of 16

STEP 9: Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> _______ SAT Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br />.

_____ Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: Control Room Air Bottles _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.

_____ Determines that current air bottle configuration allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Both air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.

COMMENTS:

8 of 16

STEP 11: Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation- 2 Trains _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.

_____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12: Control Room Chillers- 3 minimum _______ SAT Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23 _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.

_____ Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

9 of 16

STEP 13: MCR/ESGR AHU- 8 minimum _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and recognizes that with one tagged out, 8 operable fans do not exist. However, Tech Spec 3.10.A.14 allows fuel movement with one AHU out of service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: 120 Volt Vital Buses- 2 minimum _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration and both station batteries are operable and split out.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.

If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.

COMMENTS:

10 of 16

STEP 15: SFP Cooling- 1 train available _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: SFP makeup borated water source- 1 source available _______ SAT Remarks: None _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

COMMENTS:

11 of 16

STEP 17: Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:

At least one containment air recirculation fan must be restored.

NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STOP TIME:

12 of 16

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.

o 1-VS-AC-2 is tagged out due to equipment failure.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

13 of 16

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both MCR air bottle banks are in a normal configuration with adequate pressure.

o 1-VS-AC-2 is tagged out due to equipment failure.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o All Containment Air Recirculation Fans (CARFs) are tagged out in preparation for the Empty Vessel Window Tagout Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

DOMINION 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Surry Power Station Revisio n 37 Revision Page 28 of 32 (Page 1 of 2)

Attachment 8 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS Refueling Containment Integrity set As Required 3.1OAl 3.1OAI lAW I-OP-FH-OOI Radiation Monitors: 3.1O.A.3 If the Contaimuent Containment A ir

3.1O.B.

B.l1 Recirculation fan s are not

  • Containment Gaseous Ga seou s 1 operable operab le llmnillg llmuillg then refer to
  • Containment PaI1iculate 1 operable Tech Spec 3. 10 for actions.

3.10

  • Vent-Vent Vent-V ent Gaseous Ga seous 1I operab operable le
  • Vent-Vent Particulate 1I operable Source Range Detectors (audible 2 operable 3.1OA2 indication indica tion in CTMT CTM T must be verified operable)

Cavity level > 23 feet 23 feet 3.1OA6 VPA P- 2805 , should be maintained m aintained as high as possible.

possib le. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:

  • Cav Cavity ity Level > 23 feet 1I operab operable le 3.1OA4
  • Cavity Level < 23 fe et 2 operable 3.1OA5 Direct communi cOllullunication cation between the Ye s Yes 3.1OA8 '\Then cha nging core Control Room and Manipulator Crane geometry geomelly RCS Boron concentration ~ 2350 PPM CY-AP- RCS must be sampled at least (Admin limit) PRJ-IOO once evelY 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3. 15)

RHR Temperahlre Temperature  ::::;

~140 140 O ofF 1.0.C.l 1.0.C. l React.or Reactor shutdown gr eater than 100 greater 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> 3.1OA9 For m ovement of inadiated irrad iated hours fuel

DOMINION 1-0SP-ZZ-004 Surry Power Pow er Station Revis Revision ion 37 Page 29 of 32 (Page 2 of 2)

Attachment 8 REFUELING OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS EQUIPMENT MIN REQ D N TECH REMARKS SPECS Control Room Air Bottles 2 3. 19 3.19 3.l0.A. 12 3.IOA I2

3. 10.8. 5 Control Room and Relay Room 2 Trains 3.IO.A. II 3.IOA II Emergency Ventilation Ventilatioll 3.10.8.4 3.10.B.4 Control Room Chillers 3 3. 10.13 3.10.13 Operable lAW power supply requirements afTS ofTS 3.23 MCRlESGR AHU 8 3.10.14 3.10.1 4 120 Volt Vo lt V ital Buses Vital 2 As a minimulll two 120 \lAC VAC Vital Buses shall be energized from the inveI1ers cOllnected to the re spective DC Buses respective SFP Cooling 1 train (*) VPAP-2805 available SFP makeup borated water source 1 source (*) VPAP-2805 available

(*) If equipment requirements are not met. {then hen the STA involved in the review of outage schedules will coordinate development of contingency plans lAW VPAP-2805.

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.2.37 Applicant________________________________ Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________ Stop Time___________________

Title Respond to a main control room chiller failure in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.

K/A: G2.2.37- Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. (3.6/4.6)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Control room chiller, 1-VS-E-4D tripped while in a dual chiller configuration. 1-VS-E-4C is currently the only running chiller.

Standards Determine that an operable combination of chillers exist following loss of a chiller, and determine recovery actions to include that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service on A chilled water loop.

Initiating Cues Shift Manager direction Terminating Cues 0-OP-VS-006 section 5.31 complete.

Procedures 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None 1 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.

Dual chiller operations are in effect.

The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.

You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.

When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.

Chiller configuration is as follows:

Chiller Status Power Alignment o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.

Terminating Cues Determination that an operable combination exists and that power supply modifications are NOT required, and that 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A must be started on the A loop.

Tools and Equipment 0-OP-VS-006, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System.

Safety Considerations None Notes 2 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted as CRITICAL STEP.

START TIME:

STEP 1: Reviews initial conditions and precautions and limitation of 0-OP-VS-006. _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Reviews all procedure initial conditions and precautions and limitations.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Based on table of contents, goes to section 5.31- Required Actions for Inoperability of _______ SAT 1-VS-E-4D

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Proceeds to section 5.31 in 0-OP-VS-006.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

3 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 3: Note prior to step 5.31.1 _______ SAT NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term _______ UNSAT inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

STANDARD:

_____ Identifies that failure of 1-VS-E-4D is not of a short term nature.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Step 5.31.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR _______ SAT 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A. _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Determines that 1-VS-E-4D is inoperable and proceeds to table.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

4 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 5: Table Actions - A _______ SAT A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller _______ UNSAT operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.

STANDARD:

_____ Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 6: Table Actions - B _______ SAT B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller _______ UNSAT operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

STANDARD:

_____ Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

5 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 7: Table Actions - C _______ SAT C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop _______ UNSAT A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

STANDARD:

_____ Determines that either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service - this is a critical step.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Report that another operator will assume responsibility to start either 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E as directed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Table Actions - D _______ SAT D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, _______ UNSAT or 5.38. Otherwise, enter N/A.

STANDARD:

_____ Determines that single chiller operation was not in effect as indicated by a chiller still in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

6 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 9: Table Actions - E _______ SAT E. Perform the following using Attachment 1. _______ UNSAT Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller D inoperable. (Check One)

YES ____________ NO ____________.

STANDARD:

_____ Completes attachment 1 table 3 as follows:

TABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS 1H 1J 2J 2H Operable Chillers 4E 4A Norm 4A Alt 4C

_____ Determines, based on Table 4, that an operable configuration (Combination 3) exists this is a critical step:

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

7 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 10: Table Actions - F _______ SAT F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN _______ UNSAT make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

STANDARD:

_____ Determines that an operable configuration exists and enters N/A for this step.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Table Actions - G _______ SAT G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15. _______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Informs operator, or shift manager, that section 5.15 must be performed.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Evaluator cue: Inform trainee that another operator will assume responsibility to complete section 5.15.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12: 5.31.2 IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal _______ SAT from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Determines, from shift manager, if chiller is to be tagged out.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

8 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability 9 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability STEP 13: Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STANDARD:

_____ Reports that 1-VS-E-4A or 1-VS-E-4E must be placed in service- this is a critical step.

_____ Reports that an operable configuration exists in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006-this is a critical step.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

STOP TIME:

10 of 13

Surry 2009-301 Determine Chiller Operability Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Determine chiller operability following failure of 1-VS-E-4D.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.

Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.

Dual chiller operations are in effect.

The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.

You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.

When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.

Chiller configuration is as follows:

Chiller Status Power Alignment o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.

11 of 13

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

1-VS-E-4D trips with 1-VS-E-4D and 1-VS-E-4C initially in service.

Initiating Cues I am the Shift Manager and you are the Unit One US.

Dual chiller operations are in effect.

The third license operator identified that 1-VS-E-4D was no longer operating, as indicated by the green light lit and red light out for the chiller unit. Local investigation revealed that a loss of control power to the chiller has occurred as all local LED lights are extinguished.

You are to determine whether an operable configuration/combination exists, and required recovery actions in accordance with 0-OP-VS-006. Recovery actions shall include any required chiller manipulations, if any.

When you have completed these actions, please inform me of your findings.

Chiller configuration is as follows:

Chiller Status Power Alignment o 1-VS-E-4A Secured 1J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4B Tagged Out Tagged Out o 1-VS-E-4C In service 2H o 1-VS-E-4D Tripped 2J (Norm) o 1-VS-E-4E Secured 1H 1-VS-E-4D will not be tagged at this time to facilitate troubleshooting.

Candidate Response Area:

Operable configuration/combination (circle one):

EXISTS DOES NOT EXIST Explain basis for answer above:

Explain recovery actions to include any required chiller manipulations, if any.

Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.3.7 Applicant________________________________ Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________ Stop Time___________________

Title Determine the applicability of a RWP for a specific job and determine which personnel may be assigned the task based on personal qualifications and dose limitations.

K/A: G2.3.7 Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions. (3.5/3.6)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heater) has developed external leakage and requires isolation and tagging to minimize contamination.

Standards Correctly calculate dose received to perform a task when given survey maps and equipment location, then determine eligibility of individuals to perform a task in the aux building, considering qualifications and current received dose, and then determine that work cannot be performed with current RWP.

Initiating Cues Shift Manager direction Terminating Cues RWP compliance and personnel selection complete.

Procedures VPAP-2101 - Radiation Protection Program Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations G2.3.7 SR09301 1 of 12

Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment None None Initiating Cues- Task 1 Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:

1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.

This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchanger.

All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.

Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.

You are to determine:

1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.

300mr (dose rate in area) X 22 min (time for task completion) X 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> hour 60 minutes ANSWER- 110 mr G2.3.7 SR09301 2 of 12

Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Initiating Cues- Task 2 Task 2: Given the following set of operators:

Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1) Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.

Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.

Standard:

Bolded & underlined text items are CRITICAL STEPS.

Operator #1: CANNOT be assigned the task. The Operator is not qualified on that Watchstation. The Operator must have completed step 5 in order to perform tasks in the Auxiliary Building.

Operator #2: CANNOT be assigned the task. Either of the two responses are acceptable:

1. The Operator is excluded from the RCA due to being >85% of the Quarterly Administrative Dose Limit of 2 rem/year (or greater than 1700 mrem). VPAP 2101, Section 6.3.4, states - If a workers annual dose exceeds 85% of an administrative dose limit, the worker will be denied RCA access until an upgrade is approved.
2. Operator would exceed admin limits (2.0 Rem/Yr). If task were performed, the additional 110 mr would put the operator over the 2.0 rem admin limit.

Operator #3: CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.

Operator #4: CAN be assigned the task. The Operator is qualified on the Watchstation and their quarterly dose is below the administrative limit.

EVALUATORS NOTES G2.3.7 SR09301 3 of 12

Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.

This task CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2.

Expected dose to be received, 110 mr, is above the RWP limit of 100 mr.

STOP TIME:

NOTES:

G2.3.7 SR09301 4 of 12

Surry 2009-301 RWP Compliance and Personnel Assignment Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:

1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.

This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.

All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.

Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.

You are to determine:

1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.

Task 2: Given the following set of operators:

Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1) Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.

Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.

Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.

G2.3.7 SR09301 5 of 12

CANDIDATE COPY Task 1: Assume the following Initial Conditions:

1-BR-E-10A (Gas Stripper Steam Heaters) is to be tagged out and drained due to a suspected tube leak.

This task will take one Operator 22 minutes to complete, working the entire time in the vicinity of the heat exchangers.

All valves that will be manipulated or tagged are located in the immediate vicinity of the heat exchangers.

Included are copies of the Radiological Survey Map and an ALARA Component Locator Map for the area.

You are to determine:

1- Dose received by one operator to complete this task.

Answer- _______ mr for this task

CANDIDATE COPY Task 2: Given the following set of operators:

Operator #1: Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem Operator #2: Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem Operator #3: Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem Operator #4: Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem (1) Assess each individual to determine which individuals could be assigned to perform Task 1 based on qualification level and ensuring dose limits will not be exceeded.

Assume no dose upgrades will be authorized.

Operator #1 - Qualification Level = Step 4; Quarterly Dose = 1447 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).

Justification- ____________________________________________________________________

Operator #2 - Qualification Level = Stepped Out; Quarterly Dose = 1894 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).

Justification- ____________________________________________________________________

Operator #3 - Qualification Level = Step 6; Quarterly Dose = 1556 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).

Justification- ____________________________________________________________________

Operator #4 - Qualification Level = Step 7; Quarterly Dose = 1478 mrem CAN / CANNOT perform the task (circle one).

Justification- ____________________________________________________________________

Task 3: Determine if this task can be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2 (attached) and provide justification for your answer.

This task CAN / CANNOT be performed under RWP 09-0-1003-2.

Circle One Justification:

TRAINING USE ONLY -NOT - NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION RADIA TION AREA RA DI ATION WORK PERMIT 09 RADIATION 1003-2 09-0-1003-2 PAG E I OF PAGE OF22 VA V A LID FROM LI D FROM 001-JAN-200900,00

'*JAN*2009 00,00 TO 31-DEC-200923:59 31*DEC-200923:59 RWP 09-1003-2 09*1003-2 REV_. NO REV 0 DOS DOSE E RATE ALARM ALARM,, ]000 1000 mrem/Hr rnrell1/Hr BUDGETED DOSE DOSE 750 mrem DOS DOSE E LIMIT ALARM ALARM, ]00 100 mrem mrelll ALARA A LA R A EVEVALUA ALUATlON T10 N NO:NO: 09-002 09-002 JOB JOB LOCATIONS:

LOCATIONS :

ocp; NO CTMTS - ONner Controlled Property excluding Unit 1 and Unit 2 Reactor Containments JOB JOB DESCRrPTlON:

DESCRIPTION : Task 2 : Station Operations Support in LHLHRAs.

RAs.

THE MAX MAXIMUM IM UM POSTED AREA THAT CA CAN N BE ENTERED:

Locked High Radiation Areas RADIOLOG ICA L CO NDITIONS RADIOLOGICA NDITIONS:: 'Indicates estim estimated ated value for RWP Preparation . See survey forms for details.

GENERAL AREA RADIATION RADIATION LEVELS (Illrelll/hr): (Illre lll/ hr):

See current RCA surveys.

CONTACT/HOT CONTACT/ HOT SPOT RADIATlON T10 N LEVELS (mrelll/hr):(mre lll/ hr):

See current RCA surveys.

CONTAMINA CO NTAMINATION T10 N LEVELS (dpmIlOOcIll2):

(dplllIlOOCIll2):

See current RCA surveys.

AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY (DAC): (DAC):

<0.1 REQUIRED JOB JOB COV ERAGE:ERAG E:

Continuous Routine COV ERAG E COMMENTS:

CO MMENTS:

Continuous Co ntinuous Health Physics Ph ysics Coverage Cove rage is required for ALL entries ent ries into a Locked High Hi gh Radiation Radiati on Area not utilizing utili zing RMS RMS..

DOS IMETRY REQUIREMENTS:

DOSIMETRY REQU IREMENTS:

DAD/SRD DAD/S RD TLD RESPIRATORY REQ UIREMENTS::

REQUIREMENTS FFAP As required based on airborne concentrations concentrati ons and work activities.

Other As required based on airborne concentrations concentrati ons and work activities.

PAPH PAPH concentrati o ns and work acti As required based on airborne concentrations activities.

vities.

A RWP PRE-JOB BRIEFING IS REQUIRED: REQU IRED:

BR IEFED BY AN HP TECHNICIAN AND SIGN ATIENDANCE ATTENDANCE SHEET.

TRAINING USE ONLY - NOT VALID FOR WORK IN RADIATION RADIA TION AREA RADIATIO RADI ATION N WORK PERMIT 09 1003-2 PAG E 220FOF 2 WORKER INSTR IN STR UCTIONS:

UCTIONS :

I. recei ving and DA D alarms, ensure equipment is left ill Upon receiving in a safe condition, le leave ave the area and report to the Health Physics offi office ce .

2. Notify HP-Ops prior to system ve ntin nting.

g.

3. Notify HP-Ops prior \0 entry into overhead areas.
4. Ensure En sure any liquids (i.e . oil.oi l, water) encountered duri during ng the job is contained and removed re moved per I-fP-Ops HP-Ops instructions.
5. Read and di discuss sc uss the followin g during durin g the pre-job briefin g:
5. 1I CR24062.

CR24062, Surry, " Improper val made during performance of 1-0 ve lineup Illade valve P-CS-004.'*

1-0P-CS -004 ."

HEA LTH PHYSICS PH YS ICS INSTRINSTRUCTI UCTI ONS:

ONS:

I. Workers must stop work and leave the area if W WHOLE HOLE BODY dose rates are detected in excess exce ss of 5,000 5.000 rnretn/

rnrernlhr.

hr.

2. time s will be based on dose rates in the work area .

Staytimes

3. Neutron Dose determination deterrninJtion is required for all all entries entrie s into areas posted "Neutron Exposure AreJ".

Area" . Estimate worker's worker' s neutron dose using C- C-HP-IfP- 1I 031.023.

03 1.023, Neutron and Noble Gas Dose Estilllate Estimate Record.

Record.

4. Radiation surve surveyy is required prior to accessing overhead areas. Jreas.

5.

5. Radiation and co ntaminat ntamination ion surveys are required for contJlllinated contaminated system entries.

entrie s.

6. Evaluate initial initial systelll system entry smears for hot particles.

DOMINION RP-AA-221 Revision Revi sion 0 Page 13 of 13 ATTACHMENT B (Pa elofl) elo!I)

Map Number LocationlDescription Location/Description Reactor Power 384 PDT, Gas Stripper and liquid Waste Tank Room - Gate 11 Unit(s)

Unit 1 100% Unit 2 100%

Purpose :

Purpose:

Type:

Type: Ra Radd iation iat io n Contam ination Airr Sample Ai Sam ple D Routine [8]

[Zl Spadal Special D RWP [Z]

[8J Gamma D Beta DD NeUlron Neutron D GA D LA D DRP D GA D ws D sz Instrument Model Serial # All GA Smears < 1000 dpm/ 1l00em OOem Air Sample Results _ _%DAC

% DAC E-130A E-130A 152K D All GA Smears < 20 dpm/ l OOem' Alpha D No DRP Detected - -

D All LA Smears < 1000 dpm/ LAS D Comments:

1------------1--------1 l-BR-E-lOA maintenance, to include Ops tagout work .. All dose rates in mRemlhr.

Support of l-BR-E-10A mRemlhr.

Surveyed By (Print/Signature)

(PrintiSignature) Date Time Reviewed By (Print/Signature)

RP Techl Tech1 Toda 0000 RP Tech2

~)JJI-;rt-r---l+---

~)!Ij --;n--r---1f--- 215'

~

~'"

~.,

RA '" Radiation Area CA '" Contaminated Area LDWA '" Low Dose Waiting Area HRA ='" High Radiation Area RCA", Radiological Control Area HPA =", Hot Particle Area LHRA '" Locked High Radiation Area ARA ='" Airborne Radioactivity Area NEA '"

NEA"'" Neutron Exposure ExPOsure Area VHRA = ", Va Hi h Radiation Area RMA = '" Radioactive Material s) s Area DRP",

DRP = Discrete Radioactive Particle Parti de CD =Smear Q) = Srnear Location Loca tion = A/S AlS Location !t....=

!l.... GJA Dose Rate ~

  1. * == Contact Dose Rate )( )( )( _ Radiological Boundary

RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION VALVE LOCATOR MAP ALARA VAL1'ELOCATORMAP GATE GA TE 11 PDT AND GAS STRIPPER ROOM Buildin 2 ' Elellation Aux. BlIildin Elevation

1. 1-BR-TCV-103B I-BR-TCV-103B 17.1-BR-P-7B
17. 1-BR-P-7B 33.1-LW-345 33.1-LW-34S 49.1-AS-10S 49.1-AS-IOS
2. 1-AV-PCV-1S0B l-AV-PCV-150B IS. 1-BR-I0 1-BR-10 34.1-LW-32 SO.1-BR-14 50.1-BR-14
3. 1-AS-77 19. 1-BR-26 I-BR-26 3S.1-LW-31 35.1-LW-31 Valves Not Shown
4. 1-AS-174 l-AS-174 20. 1-BR-25 1-BR-2S 36.1-LW-47 1-CC-497 1-CC-S07 l-CC-497 l-CC-507
5. 1-AV-PCV-1S0A l-AV-PCV-150A 21. 1-BR-39 37. Not Labeled 1-CC-49S l-CC-49S 1-CC-SOS l-CC-50S
6. 1-AS-176 22. 1-BR-E-6A I-BR-£-6A 3S. Not Labeled 1-CC-499 l-CC-499 l-CC-509 1-CC-S09
7. 1-AS-79 23. 1-BR-E-6B I-BR-£-6B 39.1-LW-TK-2A l-CC-500 1-CC-SOO 1-CC-S10 l-CC-510 S. 1-BR-TVC-103A 24.1-BR-£-12
24. 1-BR-E-12 40.1-LW-29 1-CC-S01 1-CC-501 1-AS-104 l-AS-I04
9. 1-AS-SO 2S.
25. 1-BR-1S I-BR-15 41. 1-BR-16 I-BR-16 1-CC-S02 l-CC-502 1-AS-176 l-AS-176
10. 1-BR-P-7 A 10.1-BR-P-7A 26. 1-BR-ll I-BR-11 42.1-BR-305 1-CC-S03 l-CC-503 1-AS-177 l-AS-l77 11.1-BR-S
11. 1-BR-S 27. 1-BR-PCV-131 43.1-BR-E-10B 43.1-BR-£-10B 1-CC-S04 l-CC-504 1-AS-1S0 l-AS-1S0 12.1-BR-7 2S. 1-BR-12 44.1-BR-E-lOA 44.1-BR-£-10A 1-CC-S05 l-CC-505 1-LW-46l-LW-46 13.1-BR-S-7A 29. 1-BR-13 45.1-AS-102 45.1-AS-I02 1-CC-S06 l-LW-40 l-CC-506 1-LW-40 14.1-BR-3 30. 1-BR-47 I-BR-47 46.1-AS-105 46.1-AS-I05 1-LW-HCV-109B l-LW-HCV-109B
15. 1-BR-S-7B 31. 1-LW-TK-2B l-LW-TK-2B 47.1-AS-107 47.1-AS-I07 16.1-BR-4 32. 1-LW-HCV-109A l-LW-HCV-I09A 4S.1-AS-106 4S.1-AS-I06 F Y Revision N umber 1 - Revision Date 05.28.06 Number

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR09301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41 Applicant________________________________ Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________ Stop Time___________________

Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)

Applicability Est Completion Time Actual Time SRO ONLY 20 Minutes (Portions **TC**) ___________

Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.

Initiating Cues Significant event notification.

EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.

Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.

Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None G2.4.41 SR09301 1 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR Performance Checklist MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!

Directions to the Operator.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Notes to the Evaluator.

Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),

then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.

Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.

START TIME:

G2.4.41 SR09301 2 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR Evaluators note- candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL _______ SAT tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.

Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination _______ UNSAT method.

1. Caution and Note prior to step 1.

CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.

NOTE: The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.

Standards (a) Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 3 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

2. STEP 1. _______ SAT 1 EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS: _______ UNSAT a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:

Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 °F)

Cold Conditions (RCS 200 °F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a) Refers to the HOT chart (b) Determines event category to be Loss of Power.

(c) Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d) DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.

(e) Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes G2.4.41 SR09301 4 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

3. Step 2 - RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND _______ SAT SM/SEM NAME

_______ UNSAT Standards (a) Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J- This is a critical step.

(b) Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY- This is a critical step.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes

4. Step 3 - ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS: _______ SAT Station Emergency Manager position _______ UNSAT Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a) Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 5 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR Directions to the Operator.

EVALUATOR: Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.

HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Notes to the Evaluator.

TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:

This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.

START TIME:

4. Step 1 - INITIATE PROCEDURE. _______ SAT Standards _______ UNSAT Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.

Evaluator's Comments

5. Step 2- USE ATTACHMENT 2, PROTECTIVE ACTION _______ SAT RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR

_______ UNSAT Standards (a) Goes to Attachment 2.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 6 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

6. Attachment 2 - Step 1- _______ SAT Start with the first statement at top, left side of table below (Refer to Attachment _______ UNSAT 6, REFERENCE INFORMATION (SPS), for additional information as needed).

Standards

- Chooses the top left column as starting point.

Evaluator's Comments

7. Attachment 2 - Step 2- _______ SAT Go to the COL # that provides the response to this statement (YES or NO). _______ UNSAT Standards

- Determines that first response if NO and moves to NO box on line 1, column 2.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 7 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

8. Attachment 2 - Step 3-

_______ SAT IF no other responses are required in that column, THEN use the PAR at the bottom of the column. _______ UNSAT IF another response is required in that column, THEN go to next statement at left side of table below AND RETURN TO Step 2 of this attachment.

Standards Determines that PAR B is required- This is a critical step.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 8 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 2 items complete) _______ SAT

9. Notes prior to step 3- _______ UNSAT ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments. If more than four PARs are developed, consult with Emergency Plan Advisor for direction.

ATTACHMENT 5, DOWNWIND SECTOR TABLE, may be referenced to determine wind direction compass point and affected downwind sectors.

Standards

- Acknowledges notes CUES

- None Evaluator's Comments

10. Step 3- _______ SAT IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 4, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP: _______ UNSAT a) Record time wind data acquired b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point c) Record average wind direction to, in degrees and compass point d) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,

pen, pencil, highlighter, etc.)

e) GO TO Step 5 Standards

- Completes attachment 4 as follows:

At (now) wind direction from 180° (S) into 0° (N) at 17 mph.

- Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B CUES

- If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 9 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

11. Step 5- COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION _______ SAT RECOMMENDATION FORM:

_______ UNSAT a) Fill in Item 1 Protective Action Recommendation:

1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Sign and date form Standards

- Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360°) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B - this is a critical step.

- Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.

Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 10 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

12. Step 6 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR: _______ SAT

- State Emergency Operations Center notified IAW EPIP-2.01, _______ UNSAT NOTIFICATION OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

- NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)

- NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)

Standards (a) Directs State and Local EC- this is a critical step.

(b) Directs NRC EC.

CUES Tell SRO: State and Local EC will transmit PAR.

Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.

If asked: HPN has not been requested yet.

Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.

Record Time: ______

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 11 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

13. Step 7 - _______ SAT HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP- _______ UNSAT 4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]

Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.

CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.

Evaluator's Comments

14. Step 8 - _______ SAT

_______ UNSAT Standards (a) Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.

CUES If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.

If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.

Evaluator's Comments G2.4.41 SR09301 12 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR

15. Step 9 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED _______ SAT Standards _______ UNSAT (a) Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.

(b) Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.

(c) Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.

CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.

If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME:

G2.4.41 SR09301 13 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR KEY I

NUMBER ATIACHMENTTITLE ATTACHMENT TITLE ATIACHMENT ATTACHMENT EPIP-1.06 EPIP-1 .06 3 PROTECTIVE PROTECTI VE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM REVIS ION REVISION PAGE 8 1 all of 1

1. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION:

[ I SHELTER-iN-PLACE:

SHELTER-tN-PLACE: _ _ Mile radius (360 " ) and _ _ Miles downwind in the following sectors: _ _ __ __ ___ __ _ _ __

[~ACUATE: '2 Mi le radius (360 ")

Mile " ) and E-

..5..- Miles downwind in the following sectors sectors::

f(. A, B K.

(( ]I BEYOND 10 MILE EPZ: (Data obtained from Radiological Assessment Director (RAO) or Radiolog ical Assessment Coordinator (RAC)

[derived from EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES)) MEASURES!)

I Evacuate Area: _ _ Centerline Center line in degrees; _ _Distance in Miles; _ _ Width in feet

[ I Shelter-in-place Shelter-in -place:: _

__ _ Centerli Centerlinene in degrees; degrees: _ _ Distance in Miles; _ _ Width in feet

[ 1 POTASSIUM IOD IDE:

IODIDE:

Recommend implementation of Potassium Iodide (K I) strategies for the genera (KI) generall public.

public. The projected dose at the site boundary is ~ 5 Rem Thyroid CDE .

2. APPROVED BY: _ ----7" zZ/

-.,,/ fa7;~

L"--c,-rV'---c<"'~'-""""~:::

...sfa~e;g;nc)lMaflager S alian mtr'Qency Manager or or ~I

,,-1.

j.,j. V Dare J I ndW Time Recovery Manager G2.4.41 SR09301 14 of 17

Surry 2009-301 Determine Classification and PAR Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS G2.4.41 SR09301 15 of 17

Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the MCR, the Simulator, or classroom.

Initiating Cues Significant event notification.

EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.

Directions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently locally tripped.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Record classification and EAL identifier:

Licensed Operator Programs Operator Directions Handout Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the MCR, simulator, or classroom.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Initiating Cues EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3.

Directions This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

PROCEDURE NO:

0-OP-VS-006 REVISION NO:

SURRY POWER STATION 55 PROCEDURE TYPE: UNIT NO:

OPERATING PROCEDURE 1&2 PROCEDURE TITLE:

CONTROL ROOM AND RELAY ROOM VENTILATION SYSTEM REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised in response to OP FB 09-0078

  • Delete Subsections 5.46, 5.47, and 5.48 for backwashing strainers and move to new procedure 0-OSP-VS-011 COMMON PROCEDURE USED: Entirely Partially Note: If used partially, note reasons in remarks.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED: NO YES Note: If YES, note problems in remarks.

REMARKS: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________ (Use back for additional remarks.)

SHIFT SUPERVISION: DATE:

CONTINUOUS USE

Dominion 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 2 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE 5

2.0 REFERENCES

5 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 8 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 8 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 12 5.1 Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation 12 5.2 Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System 14 5.3 Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System 16 5.4 Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service 18 5.5 Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service 21 5.6 Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service 24 5.7 Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service 27 5.8 Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 30 5.9 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 36 5.10 Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 37 5.11 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 42 5.12 Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 43 5.13 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 48 5.14 Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 49 5.15 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 54 5.16 Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 55 5.17 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER 60 5.18 Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A 61 5.19 Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop C 63

Dominion 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 3 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 5.20 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate 65 5.21 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal 66 5.22 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate 67 5.23 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal 68 5.24 Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service 69 5.25 Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from Service 71 5.26 Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service 72 5.27 Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service 73 5.28 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4A 74 5.29 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4B 76 5.30 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4C 78 5.31 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D 80 5.32 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4E 82 5.33 Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature Lockout 84 5.34 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 87 5.35 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 89 5.36 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 91 5.37 Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 96 5.38 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 98 5.39 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 100

Dominion 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 4 of 119 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 5.40 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 102 5.41 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 104 5.42 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 106 5.43 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A 107 5.44 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 109 5.45 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C 111 ATTACHMENTS 1 Operable Combination Determination 112 2 Control Room/ESGR Chilled Water System Overview 114 3 Control Room Chiller Power Supplies 115 4 MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks 116 5 Chilled Water Loop A AHU Flow Throttling and Verification 117 6 Chilled Water Loop C AHU Flow Throttling and Verification 118 7 MER 5 Chiller Diagnostics 119

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 5 of 119 1.0 PURPOSE CAUTION Following a loss of offsite power (with SI) it may be necessary to give EDG 3 to the non-accident unit to supply power to an AHU in all four areas. ( )-AP-10.07, Loss of Unit ( ) Power, provides guidance for performing these electrical lineups.

1.1 To provide instructions for the normal operation of the Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System and associated subsystems.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Source Documents 2.1.1 UFSAR Section 9.13, Auxiliary Ventilation Systems 2.2 Technical Specifications Surry Power Stations Units 1 and 2 2.2.1 Section 3.14, Circulating and Service Water Systems 2.2.2 Section 3.23, Main Control Room and Emergency Switchgear Room Air Conditioning System 2.3 Technical Documents 2.3.1 11448-FB-41A, Sheet 1 and 2, Chilled Water System 2.3.2 11448-FM-71D, Circulating and Service Water System 2.3.3 11448-ESK-6FB1, Elementary Diagram MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.4 11448-ESK-6FC15, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4D

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 6 of 119 2.3.5 11448-ESK-6FC16, Elementary Diagram MCR Chiller 1-VS-E-4E 2.3.6 DCP 90-15, Control Room/Emergency Switchgear Room AHU Upgrades 2.3.7 Safety Evaluation 93-189, Minimum MCR AHU Chilled Water Flows 2.3.8 DCP 90-07-3, MER 3 HVAC and Electrical Ductbank Modifications 2.3.9 DCP 90-08-3, MER 5 Chiller Addition 2.3.10 0-OP-VS-006A, Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System Alignment 2.3.11 0-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A 2.3.12 0-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B 2.3.13 0-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.14 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D 2.3.15 0-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E 2.3.16 ET S-97-0016, MCR Chiller Recirculation PCV Strokes 2.3.17 ET S-97-0288, 1-VS-E-4D and 4E Suction Pressure 2.3.18 EN CALC EE-0771, Removal of Electrical Restrictions for Operation of MCR Chillers 1-VS-E-4A, 1-VS-E-4B, and 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.19 TSCR 303, Revision of MCR and ESGR Air Conditioning System Requirements 2.3.20 ET S-07-0056, Evaluation of 1-VS-E-4A Delta Pressure 2.3.21 ET S-07-0063, Service Water Differential Pressure & Chilled Water Temperature Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4A/Surry/U-1 2.3.22 DCP 07-007, Control Room AC Chilled Water Pipe Replacement

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 7 of 119 2.3.23 ET-S-08-0013, Service Water Differential Pressure Acceptance Criteria Change for 1-VS-E-4C 2.3.24 TSCR 397, Increased Maximum Service Water Temperature 2.3.25 ME-0621, Service Water Charging Pump Subsystem Pipe 2000 Evaluation 2.4 Commitment Documents 2.4.1 CTS 2070, LER S1-93-005, 2 of 3 Control Room Chillers inoperable 2.4.2 CTS 3526, Prohibit Manual Operation of MCR/ESGR AHU Dampers 2.4.3 PI S-2000-1923, Operable MCR/ESGR Air Conditioning 2.4.4 PI S-2000-2741, Low Recirc Flow on 1-VS-E-4D 2.4.5 PI S-2001-1772, Low Evaporator Flow Reset 2.4.6 PI-S-2002-2937, Operation of Chiller Thermostat in Vicinity of energized Circuits 2.4.7 PI-S-2004-2444, Service Water Shortfall on 1-VS-E-4E During Recirc Testing 2.4.8 PI-S-2004-3768, MCR Chiller SW Inlet Temperature 2.4.9 PI-S-2004-2298, MCR Chiller SW Differential Pressure 2.4.10 PI-S-2005-1695, SW Flow to an Operating Chiller 2.4.11 PI-S-2006-4626, Operability With Compressor Locked Out 2.4.12 PI-S-2004-4809, Provision for VS-S-1A/1B Backwash 2.4.13 OD000189, 2-VS-AC-9 Back Draft Damper

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 8 of 119 Init Verif 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

_______ 3.1 The Control Room and Relay Room Ventilation System has been aligned IAW procedure 0-OP-VS-006A.

4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Chillers must be operated with Chilled Water Loop A and Loop C aligned as separate loops.

4.2 Power must be supplied to an MER 3 chiller for a minimum of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> and to an MER 5 chiller for a minimum of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> before the chiller is started. This ensures adequate crankcase heating which removes freon from the oil.

4.3 The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.

4.4 The following thermostat setting limitations apply for all MER 3 Control Room Chiller starts. (Reference 2.4.1) 4.4.1 Adjusting the Chilled Water thermostat requires manipulating controls inside an energized electrical panel. Use of a non-conductive screwdriver (kept in the non-SQC storage locker in the MCR Annex) is recommended.

4.4.2 Before starting the chiller, the Chilled Water thermostat must be set to 65°F.

4.4.3 Following chiller start, the thermostat should be decreased to 45°F in 5°F (or smaller) steps, allowing time for the chilled water temperature to stabilize between steps.

4.4.4 When the chiller is operating in a stable condition with the thermostat at 45°F, the thermostat will be adjusted as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F AHU inlet temperature on the respective chilled water loop.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 9 of 119 4.5 The MER 3 chillers strainer backwash valves (1-SW-317, 1-SW-327, or 2-SW-337),

are open when the arrow or scribe mark on the respective valves stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the Service Water piping. (Reference 2.4.1) 4.6 To ensure an adequate heat sink for the MER 3 chiller condensers and prevent possibly lifting a chiller freon relief valve when an MER 3 chiller is started, the respective strainer backwash valve must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure on the associated Chiller Condenser Service Water Pump.

4.7 To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the MER 3 chiller condensers, MER 3 Control Room Chiller compressors shall not be started and the MCR switch for any MER 3 Control Room Chiller being aligned for startup must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100°F.

4.8 AHU 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, shall not be aligned to both Chilled Water loops at the same time. In order to ensure cooling is maintained to MER 3, AHU 1-VS-AC-220 should remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C when any MER 3 Chiller is operating unless otherwise directed by an approved procedure.

4.9 Chiller 1-VS-E-4A will normally be aligned in a standby mode for Chilled Water Loop C and aligned to the Normal feeder (1J). Operation of 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A requires re-alignment to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18.

4.10 To prevent possible overloading of an Emergency Bus, only one chiller at a time may be operating on any one Emergency Bus.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 10 of 119 4.11 Minimum Chilled Water flows for the Control Room / ESGR AHUs are listed in the table below. (Reference 2.3.7)

Mark Number Area Served Minimum Flow 1-VS-AC-1 Unit 1 MCR 10 gpm 1-VS-AC-2 Unit 1 MCR 10 gpm 1-VS-AC-6 Unit 1 ESGR 85 gpm 1-VS-AC-7 Unit 1 ESGR 85 gpm 2-VS-AC-6 Unit 2 ESGR 85 gpm 2-VS-AC-7 Unit 2 ESGR 85 gpm 2-VS-AC-8 Unit 2 MCR 20 gpm 2-VS-AC-9 Unit 2 MCR 20 gpm 4.12 Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.

4.13 When Chilled Water flow to any AHU is changed, acceptable Chilled Water flow must be verified to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop IAW Attachment 5 or Attachment 6 as applicable.

4.14 AHUs should be placed in service on a Chilled Water Loop before starting a chiller on the same loop.

4.15 Attachment 5 or Attachment 6 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of acceptable Chilled Water Flow to the MCR/ESGR AHUs.

4.16 To prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to the MCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.

4.17 The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if any MER 3 Chiller Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 11 of 119 4.18 In the tables contained in this procedure which contain Required Actions for chiller inoperability, the Control Room Chillers will be referred to by the letters A through E. The 1-VS-E-4 part of the chiller mark number is to be understood.

4.19 Attachment 1 contains tables that identify which 4160 Volt Emergency Bus serves as the Normal (and Alternate where applicable) power source for each Control Room Chiller and those combinations of operable Control Room Chillers which will satisfy Technical Specification 3.23.

4.20 Subsections 5.28 through 5.32 provide the major steps for ensuring continued compliance with Tech Spec 3.23. Individual component manipulations are to be performed IAW referenced subsections and/or procedures.

4.21 The words Operable Combination as used in this procedure are defined to mean a group of operable chillers which together satisfy the requirements of Technical Specification 3.23 so that entry in to a Technical Specification clock is not required.

4.22 Attachment 1 may be used independently at any time to determine the existence of an Operable Combination of Control Room Chillers.

4.23 Allowable single chiller operation alignments are as follows:

Loop A Chiller A or Chiller D or Chiller E Loop C Chiller A or Chiller B or Chiller C Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B on Loop A and alignment of 1-VS-E-4D or 1VS-E-4E on Loop C are provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.

4.24 Subsection references are included for guidance when manipulations are required to achieve the desired alignment and do not need to be performed to verify condition(s) that exist from prior procedural performance.

4.25 If any parameter in Attachment 4, MER 3 Chiller Operating Checks is exceeded, the HVAC Crew will be required to perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chillers Performance Checks to determine chiller operability.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 12 of 119 Init Verif 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Startup of Normal Control Room Ventilation 5.1.1 Verify stopped or stop the following fans.

_______ a. 1-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN

_______ b. 1-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN

_______ c. 2-VS-F-41, CONT RM EMERG SUP FAN

_______ d. 2-VS-F-42, RELAY RM EMERG SUP FAN 5.1.2 Verify closed or close the following dampers.

_______ a. 1-VS-MOD-104A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD

_______ b. 1-VS-MOD-104B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD

_______ c. 2-VS-MOD-204A, CONT RM EMERG SUP MOD

_______ d. 2-VS-MOD-204B, RELAY RM EMERG SUP MOD 5.1.3 Verify open or open the following isolation dampers.

_______ a. 1-VS-MOD-103A, CONT ROOM SUP MOD

_______ b. 1-VS-MOD-103B, CONT ROOM EXH MOD

_______ c. 1-VS-MOD-103C, CONT ROOM SUP MOD

_______ d. 1-VS-MOD-103D, CONT ROOM EXH MOD

_______ 5.1.4 Start or verify running 1-VS-AC-4, Service Building HV Unit.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 13 of 119 CAUTION To prevent an excessively negative pressure in the Main Control Room and possible damage to the MCR pressure boundary, 1-VS-AC-4 must be running before 1-VS-F-15 is started.

_______ 5.1.5 Start or verify running 1-VS-F-15, CONT / RELAY RM EXH FAN.

_______ 5.1.6 Record the following indications.

  • PDI-VS-100, D.P.-U1CR/U1TB ________Inches of Water
  • PDI-VS-101, D.P.-U1RR/U1TB ________ Inches of Water
  • PDI-VS-200, D.P.-U2CR/U2TB ________ Inches of Water
  • PDI-VS-201, D.P.-U2RR/U2TB ________ Inches of Water

_______ 5.1.7 IF any of the recorded values in Step 5.1.6 do not indicate a positive MCR pressure, THEN stop 1-VS-F-15, AND notify the System Engineer.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

5.1.8 Start or verify operating both Chilled Water Loops IAW the following subsections.

_______

  • Subsection 5.2, Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System

_______

  • Subsection 5.3, Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 14 of 119 5.2 Startup of Loop A of the Chilled Water System 5.2.1 Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled Water Loop A Air Handlers in ON.

_______ a. 1-VS-AC-1, CONT ROOM AHU

_______ b. 2-VS-AC-9, CONT ROOM AHU

_______ c. 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU

_______ d. 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU

_______ 5.2.2 For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections for two chiller operations. ( ) Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operation.

____ Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service

____ Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service 5.2.3 For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation.

_______ a. Subsection 5.4, Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service

_______ b. Subsection 5.7, Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 15 of 119 NOTE: Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both.

_______ 5.2.4 Start or verify running ONE chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop A in accordance with one of the following Subsections. ( ) Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop C.

____ Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

____ Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

____ Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 16 of 119 5.3 Startup of Loop C of the Chilled Water System 5.3.1 Verify or place the local switches for the following Chilled Water Loop C Air Handlers in ON.

_______ a. 1-VS-AC-2, CONT ROOM AHU

_______ b. 2-VS-AC-8, CONT ROOM AHU

_______ c. 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU

_______ d. 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU

_______ 5.3.2 For two chiller operation, perform or verify performed ONE of the following procedure subsections. ( ) Enter N/A for this step if in single chiller operations.

____ Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service

____ Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service 5.3.3 For single chiller operation, perform or verify performed BOTH of the following procedure subsections. Enter N/A for this step if in two chiller operation.

_______ ____ Subsection 5.5, Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service

_______ ____ Subsection 5.6, Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 17 of 119 NOTE: Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A may be aligned to either Chilled Water Loop A or Chilled Water Loop C, but not to both.

_______ 5.3.4 Start or verify running one chiller aligned to Chilled Water Loop C in accordance with one of the following Subsections. ( ) Enter N/A if in single chiller operation on Loop A.

____ Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

____ Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

____ Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 18 of 119 5.4 Placing 1-VS-AC-7 & 1-VS-AC-1 in Service

_______ 5.4.1 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.4.2 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.4.3 Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF.

_______ 5.4.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.

CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.

(Reference 2.4.2)

NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.

_______ 5.4.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 19 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.4.6 and 5.4.9.

_______ 5.4.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-2 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

_______ 5.4.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-1 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.3 or 0.90 1.0 < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.4.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

_______ 5.4.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 20 of 119

_______ 5.4.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.90 or 1.5 1.6 < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.4.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-1 or 1-VS-AC-7 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 21 of 119 5.5 Placing 1-VS-AC-6 & 1-VS-AC-2 in Service

_______ 5.5.1 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-6, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.5.2 Verify the green light for 1-VS-AC-2, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.5.3 Place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-7 & 1, GROUP 1A UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in OFF.

_______ 5.5.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 1-VS-AC-6 & 2, GROUP 1C UNIT 1 ESGR & CR AHU, in ON.

CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.

(Reference 2.4.2)

NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.

_______ 5.5.5 Verify the following Magnehelic DP gauges for 1-VS-AC-1, UNIT 1 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 22 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.5.6 and 5.5.9.

_______ 5.5.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-1 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

_______ 5.5.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-2 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.3 or 0.90 1.0 < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.5.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 1-VS-AC-7, UNIT 1 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

_______ 5.5.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 1-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 23 of 119

_______ 5.5.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 1-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.90 or 1.5 1.6 < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.5.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 1-VS-AC-2 or 1-VS-AC-6 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 24 of 119 5.6 Placing 2-VS-AC-8 & 2-VS-AC-6 in Service

_______ 5.6.1 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.6.2 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.6.3 Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF.

_______ 5.6.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.

CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated.

(Reference 2.4.2)

NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.

_______ 5.6.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 25 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.6.6 and 5.6.9.

_______ 5.6.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-9 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

_______ 5.6.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-8 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.3 or 0.90 1.0 < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.6.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

_______ 5.6.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-7 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 26 of 119

_______ 5.6.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-6 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.90 or 1.5 1.6 < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.6.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-6 or 2-VS-AC-8 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 27 of 119 5.7 Placing 2-VS-AC-9 & 2-VS-AC-7 in Service

_______ 5.7.1 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-7, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.7.2 Verify the green light for 2-VS-AC-9, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, is ON.

_______ 5.7.3 Place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-8 & 6, GROUP 2C UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in OFF.

_______ 5.7.4 AFTER allowing approximately 1 minute for fan speed to decrease and discharge dampers to close, THEN place MCR switch 2-VS-AC-9 & 7, GROUP 2A UNIT 2 CR & ESGR AHU, in ON.

CAUTION In order to prevent mis-alignment of backdraft damper linkage and possible inoperability of the associated AHU, backdraft damper linkage and counter-weights should not be manipulated to the full open or full closed positions. (Reference 2.4.2)

NOTE: Proper backdraft damper operation is verified by reading the associated AHU Magnehelic P indications and verifying lack of reverse air flow for the shutdown AHUs.

_______ 5.7.5 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-8, UNIT 2 CONT ROOM AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 28 of 119 NOTE: Since Chilled Water normally continues to flow through the coils of shutdown AHUs, a small amount of cool convection air may be felt at the filter inlet of a shutdown AHU. This cool convection air is not to be considered air flow for the purpose of performing Steps 5.7.6 and 5.7.9.

_______ 5.7.6 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-8 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

_______ 5.7.7 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-9 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded. IF coil dp is less than 0.30 in/H2O, THEN manually open air handler backdraft damper per OD000189 AND record data again.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.3 or 0.90 1.0 < 0.2 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.7.8 Verify the following Magnehelic P gauges for 2-VS-AC-6, UNIT 2 ESGR AHU, are not pegged low. IF either P gauge is pegged low, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

____ COIL

____ FILTER

_______ 5.7.9 Verify forced reverse air flow does not exist from the 2-VS-AC-6 inlet filters. IF forced air flow is observed, THEN notify Shift Supervision AND contact System Engineering for an operability determination.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 29 of 119

_______ 5.7.10 Record the following Magnehelic P indications for 2-VS-AC-7 and perform any required action in Table 1 below based on the readings recorded.

Notify Shift Acceptable Notify System TABLE 1 Supervision Reading Engineering for Operability Determination COIL ________ in/H20 0.90 or 1.5 1.6 < 0.8 FILTER ________ in/H20 0.90 1.0 > 1.0

_______ 5.7.11 IF adjustment of Chilled Water flow to 2-VS-AC-7 or 2-VS-AC-9 is desired, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 30 of 119 5.8 Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER CAUTION When operation on Chilled Water Loop A is desired, 1-VS-E-4A must first be aligned for Loop A Standby IAW Subsection 5.18 of this procedure.

5.8.1 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Verify 1-VS-E-4A is aligned for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A IAW Subsection 5.18.

_______ b. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.

_______ c. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4E IAW Subsection 5.17.

_______ d. Open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.

_______ 5.8.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is currently aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, AND is required to supply Chilled Water Loop C, THEN align 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop C IAW Subsection 5.19. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 31 of 119 5.8.3 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be operated on Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.

_______ b. Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4C IAW Subsection 5.13.

_______ c. Open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ d. Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ 5.8.4 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.8.5 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.

5.8.6 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4A local control panel.

_______ a. Suction Pressure

_______ b. Discharge Pressure

_______ c. Oil Pressure

_______ 5.8.7 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4A to 65°F. (Reference 2.4.1)

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 32 of 119 CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-317 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)

_______ 5.8.8 Open 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A.

NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-317 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.

_______ 5.8.9 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.

_______ 5.8.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2A, CHILLER 4A CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.

_______ 5.8.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1A, CHILLER 4A SW PUMP, starts.

CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-317 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A.

_______ 5.8.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116A, 1-VS-P-1A Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-317, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1A, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116A. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 33 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100°F.

5.8.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115A, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100°F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.9

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4A Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.

_______ 5.8.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.

_______ 5.8.15 IF 1-VS-E-4A did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4A is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.

_______ 5.8.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4A compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat setpoint 5°F. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 34 of 119 5.8.17 IF 1-VS-E-4A fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.9.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.8.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat to 45°F in 5°F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115A.

_______ 5.8.19 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.8.20 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.

NOTE: Steps 5.8.21 and 5.8.22 may be performed together.

Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.

_______ 5.8.21 Check 1-VS-E-4A for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 35 of 119 5.8.22 Perform one of the following attachments.

_______ a. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform Attachment 5. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ b. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform Attachment 6. Otherwise, enter N/A.

CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4A, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.

5.8.23 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4A chiller is obtained, THEN perform one of the following substeps. Enter N/A for the substep not performed.

_______ a. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-216, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 7 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ b. IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-317 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115A between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4A thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 36 of 119 5.9 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.9.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.

_______ 5.9.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4A, CR CHLR 4A LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.9.3 Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ 5.9.4 Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 37 of 119 5.10 Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.10.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4C is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.13. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.10.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.10.3 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.10.4 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.

5.10.5 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel.

_______ a. Suction Pressure

_______ b. Discharge Pressure

_______ c. Oil Pressure

_______ 5.10.6 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65°F. (Reference 2.4.1) 5.10.7 Perform the following Chilled Water alignment.

_______ a. Verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ b. Verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ c. Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 38 of 119 CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)

_______ 5.10.8 Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.

NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.

_______ 5.10.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.

_______ 5.10.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.

_______ 5.10.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts.

CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.

_______ 5.10.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 39 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100°F.

5.10.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100°F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.11.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.

_______ 5.10.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.

_______ 5.10.15 IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.

_______ 5.10.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5°F. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 40 of 119 5.10.17 IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.11.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.10.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45°F in 5°F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B.

_______ 5.10.19 While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115B between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

NOTE: Steps 5.10.20 and 5.10.21 may be performed together.

Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.

_______ 5.10.20 Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.

_______ 5.10.21 Perform Attachment 6.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 41 of 119 CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.

_______ 5.10.22 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 42 of 119 5.11 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.11.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.

_______ 5.11.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.11.3 Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 43 of 119 5.12 Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.12.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4B is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.11. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.12.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.12.3 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.12.4 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.

5.12.5 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4C local control panel.

_______

  • Suction Pressure

_______

  • Discharge Pressure

_______

  • Oil Pressure

_______ 5.12.6 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4C to 65°F. (Reference 2.4.1)

_______ 5.12.7 Open 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET.

CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 2-SW-337 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)

_______ 5.12.8 Open 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 44 of 119 NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 2-SW-337 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.

_______ 5.12.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.

_______ 5.12.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM AC CHILLED WATER PUMP 2C, starts.

_______ 5.12.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1C, CONTROL & RELAY ROOM CHILLER CNDSR 4C SW PUMP, starts.

CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 2-SW-337 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C.

_______ 5.12.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116C, 1-VS-P-1C Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 2-SW-337, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1C, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-DPI-116C. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 45 of 119 CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100°F.

5.12.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115C, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100°F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.13.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4C Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.

_______ 5.12.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.

_______ 5.12.15 IF 1-VS-E-4C did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4C is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.

_______ 5.12.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4C compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat setpoint 5°F. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 46 of 119 5.12.17 IF 1-VS-E-4C fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.13.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.12.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat to 45°F in 5°F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C.

_______ 5.12.19 While adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115C between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

NOTE: Steps 5.12.20 and 5.12.21 may be performed together.

Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.

_______ 5.12.20 Check 1-VS-E-4C for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.

_______ 5.12.21 Perform Attachment 6.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 47 of 119 CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4C, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.

_______ 5.12.22 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4C chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 2-SW-337 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115C, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4C thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Inlet Temperature.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 48 of 119 5.13 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.13.1 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4C, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.

_______ 5.13.2 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4C, CR CHLR 4C LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.13.3 Close 1-VS-1021, CR CHILLER 4C CD OUTLET.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 49 of 119 5.14 Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.14.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4E is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.17.

_______ 5.14.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.

WARNING To prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.

NOTE: The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel.

_______ 5.14.3 Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 5.14.4 Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.

5.14.5 At 1-SW-PNL-2, CR CHILLER 4D COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps.

_______ a. Verify the green -15V and +15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON.

_______ b. Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON.

Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton.

_______ c. IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 50 of 119 NOTE: The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100D full closed and 1-SW-PCV-101D full open).

Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded.

_______ 5.14.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in ON.

5.14.7 IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133D, CR CHILLER 4D SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4.

_______ a. Throttle 1-SW-775, CR Chiller 4D SW Recirc PCV-101D, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 1. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.

_______ 2. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ 3. Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.

_______ 4. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.14.8 Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FIS-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD FLOW IND SWITCH.

Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm.

_______ 5.14.9 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

_______ 5.14.10 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 51 of 119 NOTE: The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4D Control / Power Panel.

_______ 5.14.11 Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.

5.14.12 IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ c. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ d. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ e. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.

_______ f. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ g. Start 1-VS-E-4E or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.

_______ h. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.14.13 Verify the 1-VS-E-4D chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 52 of 119 NOTE: Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step.

5.14.14 After 1-VS-E-4D has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits.

_______ a. 1-SW-TI-115D, CR CHILLER 4D SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85°F and 100°F

_______ b. 1-SW-TI-109D, CR CHILLER 4D SW OUTLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 115°F

_______ c. 1-SW-PDI-130D, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4D SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid

_______ d. COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig

_______ e. COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS

_______ f. COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig

_______ g. COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig

_______ h. COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS

_______ i. COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig

_______ j. 1-VS-TI-121D, CR CHILLER 4D CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55°F

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 53 of 119

_______ k. 1-VS-TI-132D, CR CHILLER 4D CD OUTLET TEMP IND, between 38°F to 45°F

l. IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4D by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 1. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 2. Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically.

_______ 3. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 4. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5. WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 6. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.

_______ 7. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ 5.14.15 IF 1-VS-E-4D COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.14.16 Perform Attachment 5.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 54 of 119 5.15 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.15.1 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 5.15.2 Verify 1-VS-E-4D unloads and shuts down automatically.

_______ 5.15.3 Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5.15.4 Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5.15.5 WHEN both 1-VS-E-4D compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D, CR CHLR 4D LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.15.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4D in OFF.

_______ 5.15.7 IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________________ _________ ________________________ ________

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 55 of 119 5.16 Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER NOTE: Attachment 7 contains a graphic of MER 5 Chiller diagnostics.

_______ 5.16.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4D is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.15.

_______ 5.16.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9. Otherwise, enter N/A.

WARNING To prevent serious injury or death due to electrical shock, avoid contact with the exposed energized conductors located in the chiller Control / Power Panels.

NOTE: The IS41 Unit Service Switch is located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel.

_______ 5.16.3 Verify the IS41 Unit Service Switch is in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 5.16.4 Verify 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, is in OFF.

5.16.5 At 1-SW-PNL-3, CR CHILLER 4E COMPR HEAD PRESS CONTROL PNL, verify automatic head pressure control is in service by verifying or performing the following substeps.

_______ a. Verify the green -15V and +15V lights in the lower right of the panel are ON.

_______ b. Verify the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is ON.

Otherwise, depress the A (Auto) pushbutton.

_______ c. IF the green light at the lower left of the A (Auto) pushbutton is OFF, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 56 of 119 NOTE: The Service Water flow is to be checked with control valves in full recirc position (1-SW-PCV-100E full closed and 1-SW-PCV-101E full open).

Valves are in recirc position immediately upon start-up and when the chiller is unloaded.

_______ 5.16.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in ON.

5.16.7 IF Service Water flow indicated on 1-SW-FI-133E, CR CHILLER 4E SW RECIRC HDR FLOW IND, is less than 165 gpm, OR greater than 175 gpm, THEN perform the following substep. Otherwise, enter N/A for the following substeps a.1 through a.4.

_______ a. Throttle 1-SW-780, CR Chiller 4E SW Recirc PCV-101E Inlet, to obtain between 165 and 175 gpm (170 target). IF flow can not be established in the 165 and 175 gpm band, THEN perform the following substeps.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 1. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.

_______ 2. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ 3. Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.

_______ 4. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.16.8 Verify Chilled Water flow of between 210 gpm and 265 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FIS-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD FLOW IND SWITCH.

Otherwise, throttle 1-VS-648, MER 5 CD DISCH HDR ISOL, to obtain between 210 gpm and 265 gpm.

_______ 5.16.9 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

_______ 5.16.10 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in ON.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 57 of 119 NOTE: The diagnostic LEDs are located on the Chiller Control Module, in the left side of the chiller 1-VS-E-4E Control / Power Panel.

_______ 5.16.11 Verify the diagnostic LEDs on the Chiller Control Module are LIT in the START MODE configuration.

5.16.12 IF the diagnostic LEDs are NOT LIT in the START MODE configuration, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ c. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ d. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ e. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.

_______ f. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ g. Start 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4A on Chilled Water Loop A.

_______ h. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.16.13 Verify the 1-VS-E-4E chiller starts after a 5 minute time delay.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 58 of 119 NOTE: Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified in the following step.

5.16.14 After 1-VS-E-4E has run for at least five minutes, verify the following parameters are within the stated limits.

_______ a. 1-SW-TI-115E, CR CHILLER 4E SW INLET TEMP IND, between 85°F and 100°F

_______ b. 1-SW-TI-109E, CR CHILLER 4E SW OUTLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 115°F

_______ c. 1-SW-PDI-130E, CR CHILLER CNDSR 4E SW DIFF PRESS IND, between 3.0 psid and 15.0 psid

_______ d. COMP 1 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig

_______ e. COMP 1 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 1 SUCT PRESS

_______ f. COMP 1 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig

_______ g. COMP 2 DISCH PRESS, less than 350 psig

_______ h. COMP 2 OIL PRESS, at least 20 psi greater than COMP 2 SUCT PRESS

_______ i. COMP 2 SUCT PRESS, between 51 psig and 75 psig

_______ j. 1-VS-TI-121E, CR CHILLER 4E CD INLET TEMP IND, less than or equal to 55°F

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 59 of 119

_______ k. 1-VS-TI-132E, CR CHILLER 4E CD OUTLET TEMP IND, between 38°F to 45°F

l. IF any of the above parameters are outside of the stated limits, THEN shutdown 1-VS-E-4E by performing the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 1. Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 2. Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically.

_______ 3. Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 4. Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5. WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 6. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.

_______ 7. Notify the System Engineer.

_______ 5.16.15 IF 1-VS-E-4E COMP 1 (or 2) DISCH PRESS is greater than 280 psig, THEN notify the System Engineer. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.16.16 Perform Attachment 5.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 60 of 119 5.17 Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER

_______ 5.17.1 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 5.17.2 Verify 1-VS-E-4E unloads and shuts down automatically.

_______ 5.17.3 Verify the COMPRESSOR 1 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5.17.4 Verify the COMPRESSOR 2 ON light on the Chiller Alarm Panel is OFF.

_______ 5.17.5 WHEN both 1-VS-E-4E compressors are OFF, THEN place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4E, CR CHLR 4E LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.17.6 Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4E in OFF.

_______ 5.17.7 IF 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, is aligned to Loop A, THEN return 1-VS-AC-220 to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 61 of 119 5.18 Aligning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A CAUTION This subsection aligns chiller 1-VS-E-4A for Standby on Chilled Water Loop A and ensures the chiller correct power supply alignments. This subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4A may be operated as a Loop A chiller.

NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A to Chilled Water Loop A is intended to be performed upon inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E, or at the discretion of Shift Supervision. Alignment is not required when an Operable Combination of chillers already exists. Alignment is not required for very short term inoperability of Loop A chillers, such as during quarterly ASME Section XI testing.

_______ 5.18.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9.

_______ 5.18.2 Close 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.

_______ 5.18.3 Open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

5.18.4 Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Alternate source by performing the following substeps.

_______ a. Verify 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.

_______ _______ b. Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.

_______ _______ c. Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER CV TRANSFER SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 62 of 119

_______ _______ d. Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B in ON.

_______ _______ e. In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 63 of 119 5.19 Returning 1-VS-E-4A, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, to Standby on Chilled Water Loop C CAUTION This subsection returns chiller 1-VS-E-4A to a Standby alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.

When 1-VS-E-4A has been aligned to Loop A for Standby or normal operation, this subsection must be performed before 1-VS-E-4A may be operated as a Loop C chiller.

NOTE: When 1-VS-E-4A is aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, this subsection will normally be performed after both MER 5 chillers are operable.

_______ 5.19.1 Verify 1-VS-E-4A is shutdown IAW Subsection 5.9.

_______ 5.19.2 Close 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.

_______ 5.19.3 Open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

5.19.4 Align 1-VS-E-4A to the Normal source by performing the following substeps.

_______ a. Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.

_______ _______ b. Place 2-EP-BKR-2J1-1-9B, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.

_______ _______ c. Place 1-EP-CS-100, CR CHILLER 4A MCC 1K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 64 of 119

_______ _______ d. Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-2B in ON.

_______ _______ e. In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4A is LIT.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 65 of 119 5.20 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Normal to Alternate

_______ 5.20.1 Shutdown or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.

_______ 5.20.2 Verify 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, is in OFF.

_______ _______ 5.20.3 Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, in OFF.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

_______ _______ 5.20.4 Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1.

_______ _______ 5.20.5 Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, in ON.

_______ _______ 5.20.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 2H1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT.

_______ 5.20.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 66 of 119 5.21 Swapping 1-VS-E-4B Power Supply from Alternate to Normal

_______ 5.21.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.11.

_______ 5.21.2 Verify 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 NORMAL FDR, is in OFF.

_______ _______ 5.21.3 Place 2-EP-BKR-2H1-1-4A, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 ALT FDR, in OFF.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

_______ _______ 5.21.4 Place 2-EP-CS-200, CR CHILLER 4B MCC 2K1 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1.

_______ _______ 5.21.5 Place 1-EP-BKR-1J1-1-6C in ON.

_______ _______ 5.21.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE MCC 1J1-1 light for 1-VS-E-4B is LIT.

_______ 5.21.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4B IAW Subsection 5.10. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 67 of 119 5.22 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Normal to Alternate

_______ 5.22.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.

_______ 5.22.2 Verify 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR, is in OFF.

_______ _______ 5.22.3 Open 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

NOTE: MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.

_______ _______ 5.22.4 Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B.

_______ _______ 5.22.5 Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D in ON.

_______ _______ 5.22.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the ALTERNATE SOURCE MCC 1H-1B light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT.

_______ 5.22.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 68 of 119 5.23 Swapping 1-VS-E-4D Power Supply from Alternate to Normal

_______ 5.23.1 Shut down or verify shutdown 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.15.

_______ 5.23.2 Verify 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 NORMAL FDR, is OPEN.

_______ _______ 5.23.3 Place 1-EP-BKR-1H-1B-2D, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 ALT FDR, in OFF.

NOTE: Transfer Switch should be operated slowly and deliberately to prevent position indicator overtravel and subsequent incorrect indication.

NOTE: MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-219 will lose power when MCC 1K2 is deenergized. Redundant MER 5 Air Handling Unit 1-VS-AC-222 will auto-start if needed.

_______ _______ 5.23.4 Place 1-EP-CS-101, CR CHILLER 4D MCC 1K2 POWER TRANSFER CV SWITCH, in NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1.

_______ _______ 5.23.5 Close 2-EP-BKR-24J1-6.

_______ _______ 5.23.6 In the Main Control Room, verify the NORMAL SOURCE SWGR 2J1 light for 1-VS-E-4D is LIT.

_______ 5.23.7 IF operation of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, THEN start 1-VS-E-4D IAW Subsection 5.14. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 69 of 119 5.24 Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service NOTE: The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3.

_______ 5.24.1 Verify or place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in ON.

_______ 5.24.2 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in ON.

CAUTION AHU 1-VS-AC-220 must remain aligned to Chilled Water Loop C whenever an MER 3 Chiller is operating, unless otherwise requested by the System Engineer.

5.24.3 IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop C, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.

_______ b. Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet.

_______ c. Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, 1 to 2 turns open.

_______ d. Verify open or open 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.

_______ e. Throttle 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.

_______ f. Enter N/A for Step 5.24.4.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 70 of 119 5.24.4 IF 1-VS-AC-220 will be aligned to Chilled Water Loop A, THEN perform the following substeps. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.

_______ b. Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet.

_______ c. Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, 1 to 2 turns open.

_______ d. Verify open or open 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.

_______ e. Throttle 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4-6 gpm flow as read on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 71 of 119 5.25 Removing the MER 3 Ventilation System from Service NOTE: The control switches for 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, and 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, are located on column 10D at the door to MER 3.

_______ 5.25.1 Place 1-VS-F-221, MER 3 Supply Fan, handswitch in OFF.

_______ 5.25.2 Place 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, handswitch in OFF.

_______ 5.25.3 Verify closed or close 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet.

_______ 5.25.4 Verify closed or close 1-VS-574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet.

_______ 5.25.5 Verify closed or close 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet.

_______ 5.25.6 Verify closed or close 1-VS-575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 72 of 119 5.26 Placing the MER 5 Ventilation System in Service

_______ 5.26.1 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO.

_______ 5.26.2 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in AUTO.

NOTE: Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch.

_______ 5.26.3 Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in SLOW.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 73 of 119 5.27 Removing the MER 5 Ventilation System from Service

_______ 5.27.1 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-219, MER 5 AHU, in OFF.

_______ 5.27.2 Place the control switch for 1-VS-AC-222, MER 5 AHU, in OFF.

NOTE: Both the MER 5 Supply Fan and Exhaust Fan are operated by a single handswitch.

_______ 5.27.3 Place the control switch for 1-VS-F-223/224, MER 5 SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS, in OFF.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 74 of 119 5.28 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4A NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.28.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

_______ 5.28.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4A is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4A is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Required Actions Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.

B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.

E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.

Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller A inoperable. (Check One)

YES ____________ NO ____________

F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller A inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.9.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 75 of 119

_______ 5.28.2 IF 1-VS-E-4A will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-006, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4A. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 76 of 119 5.29 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4B NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.29.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

_______ 5.29.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4B is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4B is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Required Actions Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.12.

Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.

E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.

Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with _______

Chiller B inoperable. (Check One) _______

YES ____________ NO ____________

F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller B inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before continuing with SS this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.11.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 77 of 119

_______ 5.29.2 IF 1-VS-E-4B will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-008, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4B. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 78 of 119 5.30 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4C NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.30.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

_______ 5.30.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4C is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4C is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Required Actions Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C. IF no chiller is operating on Loop C, THEN start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

B. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller B IAW Subsection 5.10.

Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.40 or 5.43. Otherwise, enter N/A.

E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.

Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller C inoperable. (Check One)

YES ____________ NO ____________

F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller C inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

G. Verify Chiller B power supply available from the Alternate Power Supply.

H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller C IAW Subsection 5.13.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 79 of 119

_______ 5.30.2 IF 1-VS-E-4C will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-010, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4C. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 80 of 119 5.31 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4D NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.31.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

_______ 5.31.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4D is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4D is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Required Actions Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.

B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.16.

Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.

Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with Chiller D inoperable. (Check One)

YES ____________ NO ____________

F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller D inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

G. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.15.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 81 of 119

_______ 5.31.2 IF 1-VS-E-4D will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-012, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4D. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 82 of 119 5.32 Required Actions for Inoperability of 1-VS-E-4E NOTE: The actions contained in Step 5.32.1 are not required for very short term inoperability of a chiller, such as during quarterly In-Service Testing.

_______ 5.32.1 WHEN removal from service of 1-VS-E-4E is desired, OR 1-VS-E-4E is determined to be inoperable, THEN perform or verify the required actions directed in the table below. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Required Actions Initials A. IF single chiller operation on Loop A is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A. IF no chiller is operating on Loop A, THEN start Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14 or Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 and enter N/A for Steps B and C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop A is not in effect.

B. IF single chiller operation on Loop C is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop C and enter N/A for Step C and GO TO Step E. Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation on Loop C is not in effect.

C. IF two chiller operation is in effect, THEN verify one chiller operating on Loop A.

Otherwise, start Chiller A IAW Subsection 5.8 or Chiller D IAW Subsection 5.14.

Enter N/A for this step if single chiller operation is desired.

D. IF single chiller operation is desired, THEN initiate IAW Subsection 5.34, 5.35, or 5.38.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

E. Perform the following using Attachment 1.

Enter the chillers which will remain operable in Table 3 under the associated buses.

Compare Table 3 with Table 4 to determine if an Operable Combination exists with _______

Chiller E inoperable. (Check One) _______

YES ____________ NO ____________

F. IF an Operable Combination does not exist with Chiller E inoperable, THEN make any required log entries, AND obtain Shift Supervisions permission before SS continuing with this procedure. Otherwise, enter N/A.

G. Transfer or verify transferred Chiller D power supply from Normal to Alternate Power Supply.

H. Shutdown or verify shutdown Chiller E IAW Subsection 5.17.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 83 of 119

_______ 5.32.2 IF 1-VS-E-4E will be tagged out, THEN GO TO 0-MOP-VS-014, Removal from Service of Control Room Chiller 1-VS-E-4E. Otherwise, enter N/A.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 84 of 119 5.33 Reset of 1-VS-E-4D or 1-VS-E-4E Compressor Lockout or Evaporator Low Temperature Lockout NOTE: For the MER 5 chillers, in the event a single compressor locks out, the chillers will continue to operate and provide reduced cooling with the remaining compressor, however, the chiller should be considered Inoperable.

Attempting to reset a lockout results in unloading both compressors. Cooling will not be available until the chiller is restarted. The chiller should be considered Inoperable.

5.33.1 For the chiller which will be reset, verify the following pumps are operating.

_______

  • 1-VS-P-1D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) SW Pump

_______

  • 1-VS-P-2D (E), CR Chiller 4D (E) Chilled Water Pump

_______ 5.33.2 Check below any of the following alarm lights which are LIT.

____ Compressor 1 Lockout

____ Compressor 2 Lockout

____ Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light

____ Low Evaporator Flow

_______ 5.33.3 Check the indications on the LED Diagnostics panel for each compressor and record below.

  • Compressor 1 ____________________________________
  • Compressor 2 ____________________________________

_______ 5.33.4 Notify the System Engineer of the cause of the lockout and record the name of the engineer notified below.

System Engineer _____________________________________________ ___________

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 85 of 119 NOTE: Performing the following step will unload any operating compressor.

_______ 5.33.5 Place the IS41 Unit Service Switch for 1-VS-E-4D (4E) in the PUMPDOWN OR RESET position.

_______ 5.33.6 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4D (4E), CR Chlr 4D (4E) Local Control Sw, in ON and wait two minutes before proceeding.

_______ 5.33.7 IF the Compressor 1 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S5 Compressor 1 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S5 to ON.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.33.8 IF the Compressor 2 Lockout light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the 1S6 Compressor 2 Service Switch in OFF, AND return 1S6 to ON.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.33.9 IF Evaporator Low Temperature Control Open light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.33.10 IF Low Evaporator Flow light was checked in Step 5.33.2, THEN place the Alarm Circuit switch in RESET, AND return the Alarm Circuit switch to ON. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 5.33.11 IF the System Engineering requests that 1-VS-E-4D (E) be shutdown, THEN enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection AND GO TO Subsection 5.15 (17). Otherwise, enter N/A.

5.33.12 Verify the following alarm lights are OFF.

_______

  • Compressor 1 Lockout Light

_______

  • Compressor 2 Lockout Light

_______

  • Evaporator Low Temp Control Open Light

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 86 of 119 NOTE: Following reset of the chiller lockouts, normal startup instructions apply.

_______ 5.33.13 GO TO Subsection 5.14 (16), Step 5.14.10 (5.16.10).

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 87 of 119 5.34 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C

_______ 5.34.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.34.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A.( )

_______ ____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ ____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.34.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.34.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

5.34.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

_______ ____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.34.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service on Loop C IAW Subsection 5.8.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 88 of 119 5.34.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.34.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.

_______ 5.34.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.

_______ 5.34.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 89 of 119 5.35 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C

_______ 5.35.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.35.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ( )

_______ ____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ ____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ ____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.35.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A.

_______ 5.35.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.35.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.35.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4B in service IAW Subsection 5.10.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 90 of 119 5.35.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.35.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.

_______ 5.35.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.

_______ 5.35.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

_______ 5.35.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 91 of 119 5.36 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4B for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop A is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.

_______ 5.36.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A.( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7 5.36.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop A:

_______ a. 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ c. 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

5.36.3 Verify or align the following valves:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN.

_______ c. Open or verify open 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ d. Open or verify open 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 92 of 119

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.

_______ f. Open or verify open 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.

_______ g. Open 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET

_______ 5.36.4 Verify or place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ 5.36.5 Verify oil level in the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is visible in the sightglass and the oil reservoir is warm to the touch.

5.36.6 Depress the following reset pushbuttons on the 1-VS-E-4B local control panel.

_______ a. Suction Pressure

_______ b. Discharge Pressure

_______ c. Oil Pressure

_______ 5.36.7 Set the thermostat for 1-VS-E-4B to 65°F. (Reference 2.4.1)

CAUTION Strainer Backwash Header Isolation 1-SW-327 is open when the arrow or scribe mark on the valve stem is in line with the Service Water piping and closed when the arrow or scribe mark is perpendicular to the piping. (Reference 2.4.1)

_______ 5.36.8 Open 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 93 of 119 NOTE: With the MCR switch ON and 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B OFF, the temperature control PCVs fail to the full recirc position, which will cause service water temperature and chiller condenser pressure to begin increasing due to the addition of pump heat. Blowdown through 1-SW-327 provides chiller cooling until the compressor is started.

_______ 5.36.9 Place the MCR switch, for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in ON.

_______ 5.36.10 Locally verify 1-VS-P-2B, CHILLER 4B CHILLED WATER PUMP, starts.

_______ 5.36.11 Locally verify 1-VS-P-1B, CHILLER 4B SW PUMP, starts.

CAUTION To ensure an adequate heat sink for the chiller condenser and prevent possibly lifting the chiller freon relief valve, 1-SW-327 must not be throttled any more than is required to obtain at least 30 psig discharge pressure as indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B.

_______ 5.36.12 IF the pressure indicated on 1-SW-DPI-116B, 1-VS-P-1B Discharge, is less than 30 PSIG, THEN throttle 1-SW-327, STR BACKWASH SUPPLY ISOL FROM 1-VS-P-1B, only enough to obtain at least 30 PSIG on 1-SW-PI-116B. Otherwise, enter N/A.

CAUTION To prevent lifting the freon relief valve for the chiller condenser, the chiller compressor shall not be started and the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B must be placed in OFF if Service Water temperature at the chiller inlet exceeds 100°F.

5.36.13 IF 1-SW-TI-115B, Chiller Condenser Inlet Temperature, indicates more than 100°F, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.11.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 94 of 119

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

NOTE: The MER 3 Chiller Trouble annunciator will alarm if the 1-VS-E-4B Compressor is not started within nine minutes of starting the respective Chilled Water and Service Water pumps.

_______ 5.36.14 Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in ON.

NOTE: The Control Room Chillers will not start when the temperature of the chilled water returning to the chiller is less than the chiller thermostat setpoint.

_______ 5.36.15 IF 1-VS-E-4B did NOT start, THEN slowly lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint until the chiller starts. IF 1-VS-E-4B is running, OR chiller fails to start when the thermostat setpoint is lowered, THEN enter N/A.

_______ 5.36.16 WHEN the 1-VS-E-4B compressor is running, THEN lower the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat setpoint 5°F. Otherwise, enter N/A.

5.36.17 IF 1-VS-E-4B fails to start, THEN perform the following. Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ a. Perform Subsection 5.11.

_______ b. Notify Shift Supervision and the System Engineer.

_______ c. Enter N/A for the remaining steps in this subsection.

_______ 5.36.18 Lower the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat to 45°F in 5°F (or smaller) steps, while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B.

_______ 5.36.19 While adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to maintain 1-SW-TI-115B between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred), adjust the setpoint of the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 95 of 119

_______ 5.36.20 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.

_______ 5.36.21 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.

_______ 5.36.22 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

NOTE: Steps 5.36.23 and 5.36.24 may be performed together.

Depending on the season and length of system shutdown, it may take up to 30 minutes for Chilled Water and Service Water temperatures to reach the ranges specified on Attachment 4.

_______ 5.36.23 Check 1-VS-E-4B for proper operation by completing Attachment 4.

_______ 5.36.24 Perform Attachment 5.

CAUTION To prevent a possible low temperature trip of 1-VS-E-4B, the chiller thermostat may require adjustment after an equilibrium condition is reached on the affected Chilled Water Loop.

_______ 5.36.25 WHEN stable operation of the 1-VS-E-4B chiller is obtained, THEN while adjusting 1-SW-327 as necessary to obtain between 85°F and 100°F (85°F to 95°F preferred) on 1-SW-TI-115B, slowly adjust the 1-VS-E-4B thermostat as required to obtain 40°F to 45°F as indicated on 2-VS-TI-214, UNIT 2 RELAY ROOM AC 6 CD INLET TEMP IND.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 96 of 119 5.37 Securing 1-VS-E-4B from Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A NOTE: Prior to evolutions asssociated with 1-VS-E-4B, Shift Supervision must have a full understanding of Chilled Water configuration and verify compliance with Technical Specification 3.23 and 3.14 prior to any manipulations.

5.37.1 Shutdown 1-VS-E-4B IAW the following:

_______ a. Place the MCR switch for 1-VS-E-4B, CONTROL ROOM CHILLER, in OFF.

_______ b. Place 1-VS-CS-CHLR4B, CR CHLR 4B LOCAL CONTROL SW, in OFF.

_______ c. Close 1-VS-1020, CR CHILLER 4B CD OUTLET.

5.37.2 Verify or align the following valves:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4A/B OUTLET HDR XCONN.

_______ b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A DISCH HDR ISOL.

_______ c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-568, MER 3 CHILLERS CD LOOP A SUCT HDR ISOL.

_______ d. Open or verify open 1-VS-299, CONT & RELAY RM CD PUMPS 2A/B SUCT HDR XCONN.

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, CONT & RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C OUTLET HDR XCONN.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 97 of 119

_______ f. Open or verify open 1-VS-300, CONT AND RELAY RM CHILLER 4B/C INLET HDR XCONN.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 98 of 119 5.38 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4C for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C

_______ 5.38.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7

_______ 5.38.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.14, Startup of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.16, Startup of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.38.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop A.

_______ 5.38.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.38.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.38.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4C in service IAW Subsection 5.12.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 99 of 119 5.38.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.38.8 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.

_______ 5.38.9 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.

_______ 5.38.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

_______ 5.38.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 100 of 119 5.39 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4A for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A

_______ 5.39.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.39.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ( )

____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.39.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.39.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.39.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7

_______ 5.39.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4A in service IAW Subsection 5.8.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 101 of 119 5.39.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.39.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.

_______ 5.39.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.

_______ 5.39.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

_______ 5.39.11 WHEN chiller parameters have stabilized, THEN perform Attachment 4.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 102 of 119 5.40 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A

_______ 5.40.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.40.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C.( )

____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.40.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C.

_______ 5.40.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.40.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7

_______ 5.40.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 103 of 119 5.40.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

_______ c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.40.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.

_______ 5.40.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.

_______ 5.40.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 104 of 119 5.41 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.

_______ 5.41.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.41.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.( )

____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.41.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.41.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

5.41.5 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ c. Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 105 of 119

_______ d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ f. Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.

_______ 5.41.6 Place 1-VS-E-4D in service IAW Subsection 5.14.

_______ 5.41.7 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.

_______ 5.41.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.

_______ 5.41.9 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 106 of 119 5.42 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4D for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4D to 1-VS-E-4E in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.

_______ 5.42.1 Secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

5.42.2 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.

_______ b. Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ f. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.

_______ 5.42.3 Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 107 of 119 5.43 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop A

_______ 5.43.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.43.2 Verify in service or place in service one chiller on Loop C. ( )

____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.8, Startup of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.10, Startup of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.12, Startup of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.43.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller. Enter N/A if 1-VS-E-4A is in service on Loop C.

_______ 5.43.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.43.5 Verify in service or place in service ONE AHU group on Loop A. ( )

____ 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 IAW Subsection 5.4

____ 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 IAW Subsection 5.7

_______ 5.43.6 Verify or place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 108 of 119 5.43.7 Perform the following substeps to align chillers:

_______ a. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

_______ b. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

_______ c. Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.43.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-7 and 1-VS-AC-1 in service IAW Subsection 5.4.

_______ 5.43.9 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-9 and 2-VS-AC-7 in service IAW Subsection 5.7.

_______ 5.43.10 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop A IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 109 of 119 5.44 Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation on Chilled Water Loop C is provided as a contingency alignment for the Chilled Water Piping Replacement Project.

_______ 5.44.1 Verify in service or place in service at least one AHU group on Loop C. ( )

____ 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 IAW Subsection 5.6

____ 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 IAW Subsection 5.5

_______ 5.44.2 Verify secured or secure any operating chiller on Loop C.( )

____ 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.9, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4A, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.11, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4B, Control Room Chiller.

____ 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.13, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4C, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.44.3 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller.

_______ 5.44.4 Verify secured or secure 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.15, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

5.44.5 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ b. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ c. Open or verify open 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 110 of 119

_______ d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ f. Open or verify open 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.

_______ 5.44.6 Place 1-VS-E-4E in service IAW Subsection 5.16.

_______ 5.44.7 Verify or place 2-VS-AC-8 and 2-VS-AC-6 in service IAW Subsection 5.6.

_______ 5.44.8 Verify or place 1-VS-AC-6 and 1-VS-AC-2 in service IAW Subsection 5.5.

_______ 5.44.9 Verify aligned or align 1-VS-AC-220, MER 3 Air Handling Unit, to Loop C IAW Subsection 5.24, Placing the MER 3 Ventilation System in Service.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 111 of 119 5.45 Securing from Alignment of 1-VS-E-4E for Single Chiller Single Loop Operation On Chilled Water Loop C NOTE: This Subsection should not be performed if swapping from 1-VS-E-4E to 1-VS-E-4D in Single Chiller alignment on Chilled Water Loop C.

_______ 5.45.1 Secure 1-VS-E-4E, Control Room Chiller, IAW Subsection 5.17, Shutdown of 1-VS-E-4D, Control Room Chiller.

5.45.2 Verify or perform the following valve alignment:

_______ a. Close or verify closed 1-VS-1039, Common Chilled Water Supply Valve.

_______ b. Open or verify open 1-VS-570, MER 5 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ c. Close or verify closed 1-VS-571, MER 3 Chillers CD Loop A Disch Hdr Isol.

_______ d. Close or verify closed 1-VS-285, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4A/B Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ e. Open or verify open 1-VS-286, Cont & Relay Rm Chiller 4B/C Outlet Hdr XConn.

_______ f. Close of verify closed 1-VS-1038, Common Chilled Water Return Valve.

_______ 5.45.3 Align MCR Chillers and MCR Air Handling Units as directed by Shift Supervision.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date Signature Initial Print Date ATTACHMENTS

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 112 of 119 (Page 1 of 2)

Attachment 1 OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATION TABLE 1 - POWER SUPPLIES - By Chiller Chiller E D A B C Norm / 1H 2J / 1J / 1J / 2H Alt 1H 2J 2H TABLE 2 - POWER SUPPLIES - By Bus BUS 1H 1J 2J 2H Chillers E, Dalt A norm Bnorm Dnorm A alt C, Balt TABLE 3 - ENTER OPERABLE CHILLERS HERE BUS 1H 1J 2J 2H Operable Chillers TS Requirement: Three operable chillers, powered from three of the four Emergency Buses with one of the three operable chillers capable of being powered from the fourth Emergency Bus.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 113 of 119 (Page 2 of 2)

Attachment 1 OPERABLE COMBINATION DETERMINATION TABLE 4 - OPERABLE COMBINATIONS BUS 1H 1J 2J 2H Combination 1 E Anorm Dnorm C Combination 2 E Anorm Dnorm Balt Combination 3 E Anorm A alt C Combination 4 E Anorm A alt *Balt Combination 5 E Bnorm Dnorm C Combination 6 E Bnorm *Dnorm Balt Combination 7 E Bnorm A alt C Combination 8 E Bnorm *A alt Balt Combination 9 Dalt *Anorm Dnorm C Combination 10 Dalt *Anorm Dnorm *Balt Combination 11 *Dalt Anorm A alt C Combination 12 *Dalt Anorm A alt *Balt Combination 13 Dalt *Bnorm Dnorm C Combination 14 Dalt Bnorm A alt C Combination 15 *Dalt Bnorm A alt Balt NOTE: An asterisk denotes the power supply to which the specified chiller must be aligned in order to create a valid Operable Combination.

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 114 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 2 CONTROL ROOM/ESGR CHILLED WATER SYSTEM OVERVIEW NOTE: This drawing does not show required system valve positions. Valve positions will change as required by the applicable subsections of this procedure.

F 209 F 208 2J 2/208 2H 2/9 2/8 2/201 2/224 2/223 MCR MCR F 101 F 102 206 1J 1/1 1H 1/2 201 B 224 223 MCR MCR F 207 F 106 2/216 2/7 1/6 2/209 220 232 231 ESGR ESGR F 107 216 F 206 131 F A 1/7 2/6 209 2/232 2/231 Chilled Water ESGR 573 572 ESGR Loop A Chilled Water Loop C 648 570 571 285 286 647 643 1020 1021 132E F 132D F 1039 960 961 962 T 132E T 132D 651 653 Norm Norm Norm 2J 1J 1J 219 222 E-4E 1H E-4D E-4A E-4B E-4C 2H 1H 2J 2H Alt Alt Alt F F T 121E T 121D T 121E 133 134 646 642 287 291 295 652 654 P-2E P-2D P-2A P-2B P-2C TK-100A 644 640 290 294 296 558 639 569 568 299 300 2-BC- 1038 TK-5 659 574 575 Graphics No: PC871A A B CONTROL ROOM / ESGR CHILLED WATER SYSTEM OVERVIEW

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 115 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 3 CONTROL ROOM CHILLER POWER SUPPLIES NORM ALT NORM NORM ALT 24J1-6 ALT MCC 2J1-1 MCC 1J1-1 MCC 1J1-1 MCC 2H1-1 Bkr 9B Bkr 2B Bkr 6C Bkr 4A 1-EP- 2-EP-BKR-152 BKR-152 1-EP- 1-EP- 2-EP- 2-EP-BKR-151 BKR-150 BKR-150 BKR-151 14H1-6 1-EP-CS-101 1-EP-CS-100 2-EP-CS-200 MCC 1H-1B 1B 1-VS-P-1E MCC 1K2 1C 1-VS-AC-222 1B 1-VS-P-1D MCC 1K1 MCC 2K1 MCC 2H1-1 1D 1-VS-E-4E 1C 1-VS-AC-219 1B 1-VS-P-1A 1B 1-VS-P-1B 3D 1-VS-P-1C 2C 1-VS-P-2E 1D 1-VS-E-4D 1C 1-VS-P-2A 1C 1-VS-P-2B 4D 1-VS-P-2C 2D 1-EP-MCC-1K2 2F 1-VS-P-2D 1E 1-VS-E-4A 1E 1-VS-E-4B 5A 1-VS-E-4C E-4E E-4D E-4A E-4B E-4C Graphics No. CS894B CHILLED WATER SYSTEM CONTROL ROOM CHILLERS' POWER SUPPLIES

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 116 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 4 MER 3 CHILLER OPERATING CHECKS NOTE: SW Delta P limits for 1-VS-E-4A/4C are different than 1-VS-E-4B due to larger Condenser tubes.

Parameter Minimum Actual Maximum Compressor Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 150 265 Compressor Suction Pressure (PSIG) 55 75 Comp Suct Oil Pressure (PSIG) N/A

+10 PSIG Oil Level (%) 30 75 Chilled Water Temperature Setpoint (°F) 40 50 SW Pump Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 30 60 Service Water Inlet Temperature (°F) 85 100 Service Water Outlet Temperature (°F) 85 110 1-VS-E-4A / 4C Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID) 2.0 (1) 5 1-VS-E-4B Condenser Differential Pressure (PSID) 3.5 (1) 7 2-VS-TI-216, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (°F) 37 (2) 45 (4) 2-VS-TI-217, 2-VS-AC-7 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (°F) 37 (2) 60 2-VS-TI-212, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (°F) 37 (2) 45 (4) 2-VS-TI-213, 2-VS-AC-9 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (°F) 37 (2) 60 2-VS-TI-214, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (°F) 37 (3) 45 (4) 2-VS-TI-215, 2-VS-AC-6 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (°F) 37 (3) 60 2-VS-TI-210, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Inlet Temp (°F) 37 (3) 45 (4) 2-VS-TI-211, 2-VS-AC-8 Chilled Water Outlet Temp (°F) 37 (3) 60

_______ 1. IF any parameter is exceeded, THEN have Maintenance perform 0-MPM-0210-01, Control Room Chiller Performance Checks, to determine chiller operability.

(1) A Condition Report should be submitted if Condenser Differential Pressure is greater than 5 psid (1-VS-E-4A/4C) or 7 psid (1-VS-E-4B) If pump suction pressure is less than or equal to 20.2 inches Hg, notify Shift Supervision for operability. (Reference 2.3.25)

(2) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop A. Otherwise, enter N/A.

(3) Required only if the chiller started is supplying Chilled Water Loop C. Otherwise, enter N/A.

(4) If operating in single chiller mode, maximum temperature limit is 50°F.

Performed by: _____________________ _______ ____________________ _______

Signature Initial Print Date

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 117 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 5 CHILLED WATER LOOP A AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION CAUTION

  • Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.

_______ 1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled.

(Reference 2.3.7)

Table 1 AHU Mark AHU Flow Minimum AHU Throttle Number Indicator Flow Valve Initials 1-VS-AC-7 1-VS-FI-107 85 GPM 1-VS-216 2-VS-AC-7 2-VS-FI-207 85 GPM 2-VS-216 1-VS-AC-1 1-VS-FI-101 10 GPM 1-VS-208 2-VS-AC-9 2-VS-FI-209 20 GPM 2-VS-208

_______ 2. IF 1-VS-573, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 574, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop A Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.

Table 2 AHU Mark AHU Flow Minimum As Left Number Indicator Flow Flow Initials 1-VS-AC-7 1-VS-FI-107 85 GPM _______GPM 2-VS-AC-7 2-VS-FI-207 85 GPM _______GPM 1-VS-AC-1 1-VS-FI-101 10 GPM _______GPM 2-VS-AC-9 2-VS-FI-209 20 GPM _______GPM Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 118 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 6 CHILLED WATER LOOP C AHU FLOW THROTTLING AND VERIFICATION CAUTION

  • Changing the Chilled Water flow to a MCR or ESGR AHU will change the Chilled Water flow to all AHUs on the associated Chilled Water Loop.

_______ 1. Throttle the AHU Throttle Valves in Table 1 as required to obtain flow greater than the Minimum Flow for all listed AHUs. Enter N/A for any valve NOT throttled.

(Reference 2.3.7)

Table 1 AHU Mark AHU Flow Minimum AHU Throttle Number Indicator Flow Valve Initials 1-VS-AC-6 1-VS-FI-106 85 GPM 1-VS-232 2-VS-AC-6 2-VS-FI-206 85 GPM 2-VS-232 1-VS-AC-2 1-VS-FI-102 10 GPM 1-VS-224 2-VS-AC-8 2-VS-FI-208 20 GPM 2-VS-224

_______ 2. IF 1-VS-572, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Inlet, is found open, THEN throttle 1-VS- 575, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Chilled Water Loop C Outlet, to obtain 4 gpm to 6 gpm as indicated on 1-VS-FI-131, MER 3 AHU AC-220 Flow.

Otherwise, enter N/A.

_______ 3. WHEN ALL throttling has been completed, THEN verify ALL AHU flows listed below are equal to or greater than the listed Minimum Flow, AND record the As Left flows in Table 2.

Table 2 AHU Mark AHU Flow Minimum As Left Number Indicator Flow Flow Initials 1-VS-AC-6 1-VS-FI-106 85 GPM _______GPM 2-VS-AC-6 2-VS-FI-206 85 GPM _______GPM 1-VS-AC-2 1-VS-FI-102 10 GPM _______GPM 2-VS-AC-8 2-VS-FI-208 20 GPM _______GPM Completed by: ___________________________________________ Date: _________

DOMINION 0-OP-VS-006 Surry Power Station Revision 55 Page 119 of 119 (Page 1 of 1)

Attachment 7 MER 5 CHILLER DIAGNOSTICS LED Energized LED Deenergized 1 1 1 1 1 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Start Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Load Limit Mode Step 1 Step 1 & 2 Full Load Full Load Operation Loaded Loaded Compressor 2 Step 1 Loaded 1 1 1 1 1 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Compressor 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Setpoint/Low Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Low Temp.

Full Load Full Load Temp. Control Low Pressure Low Pressure Control Compressor 2 Compressor 2 Overlap Lockout Lockout Lockout Step 1 & 2 Loaded Full Load Graphics No. CS4549